1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17383 32181))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17494 22057))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17397 61560))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17397 61560))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17515 39525))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log")
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log")
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log")
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17578 34774))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice")
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice")
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17383 32089))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17582 28845))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
631 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
632 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
633 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
634 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
636 Topic-oriented Encryption:
637 -------------------------
638 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
642 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
643 and establish a default file-var setting
645 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
646 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
647 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
648 buffer with name derived from derived from that
649 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
650 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
651 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
652 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
654 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
659 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
660 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
661 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
662 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
663 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
664 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
665 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
666 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
667 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
668 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
670 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
671 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
690 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
691 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
692 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
693 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
697 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
699 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
700 contain and be contained by other topics.
702 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
703 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
704 containment. Also called the:
705 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
708 The topics that contain a topic.
709 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
712 The topics contained by a topic;
714 An immediate offspring of a topic;
716 The immediate offspring of a topic.
718 Topics having the same parent and depth.
720 Topic text constituents:
722 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
724 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
725 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
726 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
727 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
728 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
730 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
733 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
734 It can be customized by changing the setting of
735 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
737 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
738 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
739 program code without interfering with the language processing
740 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
741 docstring for more detail.
743 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
744 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
745 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
746 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
747 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
748 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
749 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
751 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
756 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
757 of its offspring and contained text.
759 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
760 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
762 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
763 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
764 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
766 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
768 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
770 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
771 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
773 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
774 setup for auto-startup.
776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
780 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
781 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17383 32174))
782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
784 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
786 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
787 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
788 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
789 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
790 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
791 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
793 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
795 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
798 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
802 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
803 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 32181))
804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
806 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
807 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
808 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
809 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
810 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
811 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
812 in the current window.
814 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
816 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
817 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
818 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
820 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
822 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
823 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
824 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
826 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
830 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
831 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17383 32090))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
834 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
835 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
839 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
840 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
842 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
843 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
844 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
845 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
847 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
848 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
850 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
852 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
856 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
857 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17484 52436))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
860 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
861 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
862 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
863 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
864 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
867 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
868 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
869 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
872 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
873 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
874 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
875 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
879 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
880 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
885 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
886 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
887 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
893 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
894 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
895 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
896 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17578 34774))
897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
899 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
900 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
901 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
902 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
904 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt")
906 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
907 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
909 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt")
911 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
912 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
914 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt")
916 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
917 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
918 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
920 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt")
922 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
923 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
924 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
926 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt")
928 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
929 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
930 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
932 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt")
934 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
935 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
936 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
938 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt")
940 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
941 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
942 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
944 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt")
946 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
947 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
948 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
950 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
952 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
953 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
957 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
958 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
959 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
960 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
961 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
962 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
963 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
965 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
968 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
969 appointment package (if it is not already active).
973 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
974 Toggle checking of appointments.
975 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
976 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
982 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
983 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
984 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17484 52422))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
987 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
988 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
989 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
990 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
992 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
993 kind of objects to search.
995 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
997 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
998 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1007 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1009 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1011 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1012 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1013 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1014 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1015 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1016 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1018 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1019 noninteractive functions.
1021 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1022 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1024 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1025 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1027 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1029 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1030 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1032 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1034 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1035 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1036 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1037 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1039 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1040 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1041 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1042 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1044 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1045 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1047 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1049 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1051 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1052 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1059 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1060 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1062 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1064 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1065 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1066 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1067 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1068 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1069 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1071 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1072 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1074 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1080 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17578
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1084 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1085 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1086 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1087 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1088 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1089 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1091 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1092 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1095 \\{archive-mode-map}
1097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1101 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 42654))
1102 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1104 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1105 Major mode for editing arrays.
1107 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1108 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1109 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1111 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1113 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1114 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1115 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1117 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1118 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1119 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1120 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1123 Variables you assign:
1124 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1125 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1126 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1127 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1128 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1129 row numbers in the buffer.
1131 Variables which are calculated:
1132 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1133 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1135 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1136 take a numeric prefix argument):
1138 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1139 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1140 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1141 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1143 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1144 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1145 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1146 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1148 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1149 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1150 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1151 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1153 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1154 between that of point and mark.
1156 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1157 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1159 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1160 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1161 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1162 newlines inside rows)
1164 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1166 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17521
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1176 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1177 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1178 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1179 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1181 How to quit artist mode
1183 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1186 How to submit a bug report
1188 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1191 Drawing with the mouse:
1194 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1195 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1199 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1202 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1203 --------------------------------------------------------------
1204 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1223 --------------------------------------------------------------
1224 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1233 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1236 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1237 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1238 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1239 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1242 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1243 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1244 overwrite means the opposite.
1246 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1247 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1248 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1250 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1252 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1253 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1255 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1256 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1257 are currently drawing something.
1259 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1263 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1264 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1269 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1271 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1273 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1275 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1277 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1278 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1280 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1285 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1286 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1287 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1288 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1289 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1290 When pasting: Pastes
1292 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1294 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1296 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1297 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1298 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1299 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1300 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1301 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1306 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1307 of the line/poly-line
1309 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1310 of the line/poly-line
1315 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1317 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1318 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1319 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1320 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1321 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1322 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1323 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1324 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1325 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1326 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1327 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1328 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1329 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1330 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1332 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1333 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1334 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1335 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1336 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1341 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1342 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1344 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1345 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1346 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1347 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1348 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1349 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1350 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1351 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1352 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1353 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1354 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1355 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1356 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1357 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1358 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1359 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1360 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1361 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1362 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1366 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1367 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1374 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17487
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1382 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1383 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1384 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1386 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1387 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1388 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1391 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1392 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1394 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1395 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1397 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1407 ;;;;;; (16221 3779))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1410 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1413 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1415 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1416 This command is obsolete.
1422 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1423 ;;;;;; (17383 32090))
1424 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1426 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1427 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1428 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1430 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg")
1432 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1433 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1434 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1435 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1436 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1437 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1438 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1439 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1440 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1441 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1444 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1445 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1446 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1447 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1448 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1450 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1454 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1455 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1456 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1458 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1460 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg")
1462 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1463 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1464 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1465 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1466 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1467 &c to supply digit arguments.
1469 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1475 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1476 ;;;;;; (17397 61561))
1477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1479 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1480 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1486 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1487 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17383 32090))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1490 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1491 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1492 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1496 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1497 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1498 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1499 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1501 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1503 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1504 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1509 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert")
1511 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1512 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1513 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1514 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1516 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1517 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1524 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1525 ;;;;;; (17590 36007))
1526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1528 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1529 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1530 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1531 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1532 save the buffer too.
1534 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1536 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1538 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1539 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1540 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1541 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1542 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1543 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1545 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1546 directory or directories specified.
1548 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1550 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1551 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1552 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1559 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1560 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17503 24305))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1563 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1564 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1566 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1567 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1568 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1569 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1570 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1574 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1575 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1577 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1578 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1582 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1583 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1584 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1586 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1587 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1588 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1589 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1590 reflected in the current buffer.
1592 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1593 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1594 writing before you save the file!
1596 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1600 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1601 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1603 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1604 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1608 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1609 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1610 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1612 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1614 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert")
1616 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1617 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1619 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1620 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1621 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1627 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1628 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17503 24305))
1629 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1631 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1632 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1633 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1635 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1637 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid")
1639 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1640 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1641 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1642 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1644 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1645 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1646 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1648 Effects of the different modes:
1649 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1650 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1651 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1652 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1653 a random distance & direction.
1654 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1655 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1656 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1658 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1660 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1661 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1662 definition of \"random distance\".)
1664 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1668 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1669 ;;;;;; (17383 32135))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1672 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1673 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1675 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1676 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1680 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1681 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1682 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1683 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1685 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1687 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1689 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1693 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1694 ;;;;;; (17515 39525))
1695 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1696 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1698 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1699 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1700 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1701 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1705 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1706 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1707 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1709 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1711 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery")
1713 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1714 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1715 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1716 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1717 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1724 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1725 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17383 32135))
1726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1728 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1729 Time execution of FORMS.
1730 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1731 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1733 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1734 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1735 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1737 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1739 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1740 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1741 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1742 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1743 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1745 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1747 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1748 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1749 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1750 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1751 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1753 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1757 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17578
1759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1761 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1762 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1764 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1766 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1767 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1768 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1769 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1771 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1772 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1773 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1774 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1775 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1777 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1778 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1781 Special information:
1783 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1785 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1786 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1787 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1788 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1789 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1790 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1791 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1792 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1793 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1794 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1795 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1797 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1798 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1799 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1800 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1801 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1802 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1803 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1804 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1806 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1808 ----------------------------------------------------------
1809 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1810 if that value is non-nil.
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1819 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1820 ;;;;;; (17383 32153))
1821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1823 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1825 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1826 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1827 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1829 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1831 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1832 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1834 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1836 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1837 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1839 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1843 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1847 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1849 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1853 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1854 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1855 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1856 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1857 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1862 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1863 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1866 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1869 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1870 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1872 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1873 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1875 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1876 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1877 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1878 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1879 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1880 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1884 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1886 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1887 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1888 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1889 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1891 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1892 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1893 denoted by the letter `R'.
1895 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1896 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1897 denoted by the letter `H'.
1899 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1902 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1903 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1904 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1905 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1906 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1907 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1910 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1911 degree deflection it causes.
1914 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1917 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1924 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1925 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1928 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1937 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1938 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1939 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1940 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1941 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1942 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1943 emerging from the box.
1945 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1952 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1965 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1966 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17383 32091))
1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1968 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1970 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1972 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1973 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1974 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1975 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1976 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1977 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1978 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
1979 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
1980 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
1981 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
1982 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
1983 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
1984 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
1985 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
1986 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
1987 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
1988 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
1989 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
1990 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
1992 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1993 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1994 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1995 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1996 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1997 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1998 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1999 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2002 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2003 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2004 yank successive words.
2006 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2007 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2008 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2009 name of the file being visited.
2011 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2012 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2013 the list of bookmarks.)
2015 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2017 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2018 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2019 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2020 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2021 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2024 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2025 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2026 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2027 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2029 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2031 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2032 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2033 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2034 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2035 after a bookmark was set in it.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2039 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2040 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2041 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2042 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2044 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2046 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2048 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2049 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2050 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2051 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2053 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2054 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2055 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2057 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2058 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2061 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2063 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2064 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2065 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2066 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2067 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2070 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2072 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2073 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2074 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2075 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2076 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2077 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2078 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2079 probably because we were called from there.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2084 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2085 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2089 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2090 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2091 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2092 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2095 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2096 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2097 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2098 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2099 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2101 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2102 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2103 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2104 `bookmark-default-file'.
2106 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2108 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2109 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2110 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2111 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2112 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2115 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2116 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2117 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2118 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2119 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2122 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2123 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2124 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2125 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2127 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2130 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2131 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2132 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2133 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2137 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2139 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2141 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2143 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2147 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2156 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17521 64538))
2157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2159 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2160 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2161 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2162 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2164 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2165 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2166 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2167 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2168 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2170 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2172 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2173 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2175 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2177 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2178 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2180 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2182 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2187 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2189 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2190 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2191 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2192 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2194 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2196 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2197 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2198 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2199 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2202 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2204 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2205 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2209 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2210 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2212 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2214 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2215 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2216 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2217 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2221 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2223 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2224 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2228 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2229 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2230 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2231 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2232 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2237 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2238 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2239 Default to the URL around or before point.
2241 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2242 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2243 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2244 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2246 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2247 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2249 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2250 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2251 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2253 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2255 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2256 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2257 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2258 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2260 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2261 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2262 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2263 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2266 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2267 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2269 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2270 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2272 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2277 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2279 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2280 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2281 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2282 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2284 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2285 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2286 new tab in an existing window instead.
2288 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2289 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2291 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2293 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2294 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2295 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2296 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2299 When called interactively, if variable
2300 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2301 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2302 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2303 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2310 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2312 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2313 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2314 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2316 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2317 URL in a new window.
2319 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2321 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2322 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2323 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2324 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2326 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2327 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2328 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2329 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2332 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2333 new tab in an existing window instead.
2335 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2336 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2342 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2343 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2345 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2346 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2347 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2348 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2359 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2360 program is invoked according to the variable
2361 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2376 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point.
2384 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2385 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2386 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2388 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2389 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2390 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2391 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2394 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2396 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2398 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Default to the URL around or before point.
2402 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2405 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2406 Default to the URL around or before point.
2408 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2409 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2410 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2413 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2419 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2420 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2427 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2428 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2435 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2437 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2438 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2439 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2440 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2443 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2447 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2454 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2455 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2456 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2457 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2462 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2463 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2473 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2474 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2475 don't offer a form of remote control.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Default to the URL around or before point.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17383
2489 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2491 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2492 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2496 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2497 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2503 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2504 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17397 61539))
2505 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2507 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2508 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2509 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2510 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2514 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2515 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2516 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2517 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2521 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2522 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2526 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2527 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2529 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2530 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2531 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2532 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2534 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2535 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2536 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2537 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2538 name of buffer configuration.
2544 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2545 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17383
2547 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2549 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2550 Keymap used by buttons.")
2552 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2553 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2554 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2556 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2557 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2558 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2559 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2560 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2561 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2563 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2564 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2565 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2566 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2568 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2570 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2571 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2572 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2573 specifying properties to add to the button.
2574 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2575 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2576 `define-button-type'.
2578 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2580 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2582 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2583 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2584 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2585 specifying properties to add to the button.
2586 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2587 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2588 `define-button-type'.
2590 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2592 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2594 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2595 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2596 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2597 specifying properties to add to the button.
2598 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2599 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2600 `define-button-type'.
2602 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2603 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2604 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2607 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2609 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2611 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2612 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2613 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2614 specifying properties to add to the button.
2615 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2616 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2617 `define-button-type'.
2619 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2620 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2621 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2622 `insert-text-button'.
2624 Also see `make-text-button'.
2626 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2630 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2631 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2632 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2633 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2634 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17582 35542))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2636 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2637 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2639 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2644 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2645 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2646 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2648 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2650 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2651 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2652 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2653 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2655 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2656 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2657 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2658 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2659 whether to compile it.
2661 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2663 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2664 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2666 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2667 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2669 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2670 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2671 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2672 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2673 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2675 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2677 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2678 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2679 Print the result in the echo area.
2680 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2684 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2685 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2686 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2688 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2690 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2691 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2692 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2693 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2694 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2695 all functions called by those functions.
2697 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2698 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2701 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2702 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2703 invoked interactively.
2705 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2707 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2709 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2710 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2714 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2716 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2717 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2718 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2719 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2720 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2723 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2725 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2726 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2727 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2728 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2730 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2731 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2732 and corresponding effects.
2734 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17397 61545))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2741 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2743 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2747 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2748 ;;;;;; (17397 61545))
2749 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2751 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2752 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2753 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2754 from the cursor position.
2756 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2760 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2761 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2762 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2763 ;;;;;; (17383 32134))
2764 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2766 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2767 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2769 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2770 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2772 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2773 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2778 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2780 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2782 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2783 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2785 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2787 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2788 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2792 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2793 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2794 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2795 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2797 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2799 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2800 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2801 This is most useful in the X window system.
2802 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2803 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2805 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2807 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2808 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2809 See calc-keypad for details.
2811 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2813 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2814 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2816 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2818 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2819 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2821 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2823 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2824 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2826 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2828 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2829 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2830 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2832 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2837 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2841 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17383
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2845 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2846 Run the Emacs calculator.
2847 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2853 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2854 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2855 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2856 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2857 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2858 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2859 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2860 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2861 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2862 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2863 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2864 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2865 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2866 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2867 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2868 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2869 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2870 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17578 34774))
2871 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2873 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2874 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2875 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2876 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2879 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2881 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2882 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2883 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2884 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2885 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2886 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2888 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2890 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2891 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2892 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2894 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2896 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2897 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2898 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2900 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2902 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2903 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2904 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2907 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2909 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2910 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2911 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2913 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2915 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2916 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2917 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2919 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2921 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2923 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2924 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2925 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2927 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2930 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2932 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2933 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2934 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2936 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2939 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2941 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2942 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2943 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2945 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2948 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2950 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2951 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2952 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2954 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2956 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2957 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2958 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2959 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2960 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2962 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2964 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2965 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2966 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2967 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2968 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2969 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2970 a function is also provided for this:
2971 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2973 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2974 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2975 date is not visible in the window.
2977 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2978 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2979 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2981 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2983 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2984 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2986 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2987 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2988 date is visible in the window.
2990 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2991 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2992 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2994 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2996 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2997 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3001 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3003 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3005 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
3007 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3008 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3010 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3011 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3019 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3020 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3021 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3022 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3023 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3024 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3025 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3026 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3027 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3028 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3029 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3030 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3033 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3034 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3035 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3036 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3044 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3045 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3047 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3048 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3049 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3050 window but will appear in a diary window.
3052 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3053 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3055 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3056 entries (in the default American style):
3058 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3059 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3060 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3062 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3063 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3064 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3065 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3066 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3067 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3068 &* 15 time cards due.
3070 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3071 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3072 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3076 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3077 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3078 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3079 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3080 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3081 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3083 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3084 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3085 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3087 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3089 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3091 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3092 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3093 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3094 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3095 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3096 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3097 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3098 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3099 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3100 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3103 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3104 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3105 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3106 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3107 documentation for these functions for details.
3109 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3110 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3112 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3114 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3115 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3117 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3119 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3120 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3122 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3124 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3125 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3127 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3129 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3130 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3132 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3134 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3135 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3136 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3138 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3140 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3141 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3142 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3144 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3146 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3147 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3148 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3149 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3152 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3154 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3155 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3156 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3157 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3166 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3167 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3168 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3169 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3170 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3171 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3173 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3175 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3176 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3177 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3179 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3181 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3182 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3183 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3187 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3188 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3189 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3191 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3193 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3194 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3195 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3197 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3199 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3200 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3201 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3202 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3203 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3204 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3206 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3208 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3209 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3210 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3212 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3213 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3214 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3217 #include \"filename\"
3219 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3220 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3221 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3222 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3223 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3225 For example, you could use
3227 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3228 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3229 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3231 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3232 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3233 lexicographic order.")
3235 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3237 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3238 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3239 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3241 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3243 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3244 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3245 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3248 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3249 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3250 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3251 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3252 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3253 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3254 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3256 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3257 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3258 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3259 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3260 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3261 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3262 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3263 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3265 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3267 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3268 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3269 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3270 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3271 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3272 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3273 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3275 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3277 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3278 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3280 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3281 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3284 #include \"filename\"
3285 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3286 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3287 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3288 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3289 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3291 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3293 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3294 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3295 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3296 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3297 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3298 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3299 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3301 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3303 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3304 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3305 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3308 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3310 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3311 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3312 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3313 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3314 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3316 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3318 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3320 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3321 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3324 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3326 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3328 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3332 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3334 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3336 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3340 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3342 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3344 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3345 User defined holidays.
3346 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3348 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3350 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3352 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3354 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3358 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3360 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3362 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3366 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3368 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3372 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3374 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3376 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3380 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3382 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3384 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3386 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3388 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3390 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3392 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3394 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3396 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3398 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3401 Sun-related holidays.
3402 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3404 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3406 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3408 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3409 The frame setup of the calendar.
3410 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3411 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3412 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3413 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3414 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3416 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3418 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3419 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3420 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3422 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3423 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3427 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3428 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3429 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3431 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3432 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3433 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3434 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3436 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3440 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3441 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 32153))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3444 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3445 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3447 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3449 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3450 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3451 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3454 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17515
3460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3461 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3465 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3466 ;;;;;; (17420 36089))
3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3469 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3470 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3476 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3477 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3478 ;;;;;; (17590 36100))
3479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3481 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3482 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3483 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3484 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3485 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3486 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3487 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3489 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3491 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3492 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3493 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3494 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3496 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3497 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3498 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3500 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3501 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3502 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3503 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3504 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3505 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3507 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3509 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3510 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3517 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3518 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3520 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3522 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3523 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3524 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3525 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3528 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3530 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3531 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3538 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3539 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3542 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3543 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3544 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3545 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3546 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3547 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3550 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3552 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3553 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3560 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3561 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3562 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3564 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing Java code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3582 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3586 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3604 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3607 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3609 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3610 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3611 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3612 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3613 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3614 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3617 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3619 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3620 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3626 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3627 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3628 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3629 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3630 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3631 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3635 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3636 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17521 64538))
3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3639 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3640 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3641 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3642 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3644 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3646 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3647 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3650 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3651 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3652 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3653 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3656 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3657 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3658 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3659 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3662 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3664 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3665 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3666 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3667 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3669 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3671 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3672 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3673 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3675 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3677 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3678 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3679 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3680 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3681 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3683 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3690 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17521 64538))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3696 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3697 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3698 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3702 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3703 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3704 ;;;;;; (17097 33519))
3705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3707 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3708 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3710 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3712 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3713 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3715 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3717 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3718 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3720 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3721 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3722 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3723 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3726 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3728 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3730 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3731 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3733 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3734 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3738 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3739 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3740 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3741 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3742 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3745 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3746 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3747 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3748 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3750 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3751 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3754 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3756 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3758 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3761 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3762 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3764 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3765 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3766 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3769 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3771 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3772 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3773 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3775 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3777 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3779 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3780 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3782 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3786 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3788 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3790 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3791 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3794 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3795 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3798 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3800 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3801 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3802 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3803 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3804 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3805 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3806 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3807 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3808 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3809 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3810 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3811 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3812 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3813 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3814 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3815 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3818 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3819 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3821 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3822 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3824 | (write EXPRESSION)
3825 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3826 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3829 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3832 ;; Same as: (write string)
3834 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3835 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3836 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3839 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3840 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3841 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3842 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3843 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3844 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3846 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3847 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3849 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3852 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3853 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3854 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3856 ARG := REG | integer
3859 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3862 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3865 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3868 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3869 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3872 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3873 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3874 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3877 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3878 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3879 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3882 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3883 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3885 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3886 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3887 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3890 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3891 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3894 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3895 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3897 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3900 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3904 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3905 ;; Same meaning as C code
3906 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3908 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3913 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3914 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3917 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3918 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3922 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3926 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3927 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3928 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3930 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3931 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3932 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3934 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3935 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3936 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3937 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3938 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3941 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3943 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3944 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3945 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3946 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3947 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3948 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3950 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3952 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3953 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3954 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3956 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3958 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3962 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3963 ;;;;;; (17397 61564))
3964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3966 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3967 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3968 There are no special keybindings by default.
3970 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3971 to the action header.
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3978 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3979 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3980 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3981 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3982 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3983 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3984 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3985 ;;;;;; (17383 32136))
3986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3988 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3989 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3990 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3991 the users will view as each check is completed.
3995 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3996 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3997 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3998 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3999 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4000 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4001 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4002 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4004 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4006 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4007 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4008 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4009 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4010 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4011 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4012 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4013 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4015 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4019 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4020 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4021 spacing are all verified.
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4027 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4028 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4029 otherwise stop after the first error.
4031 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4033 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4034 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4035 Only documentation strings are checked.
4036 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4037 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4045 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4046 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4048 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4053 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4056 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4059 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4060 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4061 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4063 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4065 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4067 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4068 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4069 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4075 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4076 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4077 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4083 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4084 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4085 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4086 space at the end of each line.
4088 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4090 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4091 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4092 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4099 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4100 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4102 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4104 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4105 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4106 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4107 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4113 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4114 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4116 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4119 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4120 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4121 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4123 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4127 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4128 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4130 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4132 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4133 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4134 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4135 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4137 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4139 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4140 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4141 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4142 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4144 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4146 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4147 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4148 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4149 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4151 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4153 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4154 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4155 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4157 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4158 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4159 checking of documentation strings.
4161 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4167 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4168 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17097
4170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4172 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4173 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4174 Return the length of resulting text.
4176 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4178 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4179 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4183 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4184 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4185 Return the length of resulting text.
4187 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4189 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4190 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4197 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17383 32092))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4200 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4201 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4202 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4203 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4204 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4205 editing and the result is evaluated.
4207 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4209 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4210 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4211 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4212 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4213 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4215 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4219 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4220 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4221 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4222 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4223 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4225 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4226 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4227 \\{command-history-map}
4229 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4230 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17383 32137))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4239 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4240 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4241 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4242 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4243 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4244 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4246 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4247 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4251 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4252 ;;;;;; (17383 32136))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4255 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4258 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4262 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4263 ;;;;;; (17397 61564))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4266 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4267 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4268 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4269 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4271 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4272 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4273 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4274 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4276 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4277 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4279 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4283 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17383
4285 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4287 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4288 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4289 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4290 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4291 of `scheme-program-name').
4292 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4293 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4294 discards input when it starts up.
4295 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4297 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4300 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4304 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4305 ;;;;;; (17521 64538))
4306 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4308 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4309 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4310 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4311 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4312 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4314 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4316 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4317 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4318 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4319 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4320 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4321 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4322 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4323 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4324 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4325 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4326 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4327 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4328 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4329 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4353 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4354 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4355 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4356 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4357 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4364 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4365 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17210 47738))
4366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4368 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4369 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4370 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4373 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4374 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4375 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4376 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4378 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4380 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4381 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4382 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4384 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4386 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4387 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4388 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4390 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4392 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4393 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4394 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4396 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4398 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4399 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4401 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4402 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4403 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4405 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4406 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4410 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4411 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4413 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4414 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4415 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4417 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4421 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4422 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4423 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4424 ;;;;;; (17578 34770))
4425 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4427 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4428 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4429 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4430 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4431 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4432 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4433 functions have already modified the buffer.
4435 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4437 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4438 either globally or locally.")
4440 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4442 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4443 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4444 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4445 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4446 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4447 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4448 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4449 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4451 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4453 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4455 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4456 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4457 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4458 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4459 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4460 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4461 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4462 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4464 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4466 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4468 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4469 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4470 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4471 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4472 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4473 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4475 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4477 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4478 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4479 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4480 directory tracking functions.")
4482 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4483 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4484 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4486 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4488 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4490 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4491 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4492 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4494 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4496 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4498 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4499 Send COMMAND to current process.
4500 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4501 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4503 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4505 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4506 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4507 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4508 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4510 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4514 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17420
4516 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4518 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4519 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4520 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4521 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4523 This command pushes the mark in each window
4524 at the prior location of point in that window.
4525 If both windows display the same buffer,
4526 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4527 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4529 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4530 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4531 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4532 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4533 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4534 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4535 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4538 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4539 this command work in interlaced mode:
4540 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4541 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4542 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4544 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4548 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4549 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4550 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4551 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4552 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17590 36100))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4555 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4556 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4558 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4560 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4561 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4563 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4565 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4566 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4567 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4568 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4569 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4570 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4571 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4573 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4574 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4575 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4576 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4577 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4579 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4580 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4581 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4582 describing how the process finished.")
4584 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4585 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4586 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4587 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4589 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4590 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4591 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4593 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4595 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4596 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4597 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4598 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4600 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4602 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4603 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4605 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4606 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4608 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4610 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4611 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4612 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4613 (concat \"make -k \"
4614 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4616 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4617 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4619 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4620 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4621 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4622 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4624 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4626 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4627 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4628 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4629 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4631 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4632 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4634 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4635 and move to the source code that caused it.
4637 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4638 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4639 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4640 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4642 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4643 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4644 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4645 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4648 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4649 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4650 to a function that generates a unique name.
4652 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4654 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4655 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4656 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4657 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4659 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4660 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4661 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4662 to determine the buffer name.
4664 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4665 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4666 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4668 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4670 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4672 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4673 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4674 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4675 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4676 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4678 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4680 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4682 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4684 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4685 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4686 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4687 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4688 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4689 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4690 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4694 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4695 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4696 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4697 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4698 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4699 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4703 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4704 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4705 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4707 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4709 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4713 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4714 ;;;;;; (17578 34770))
4715 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4717 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4718 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4719 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4721 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4723 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4725 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4726 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4727 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4729 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4730 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4731 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4732 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4734 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4735 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4736 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4737 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4739 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4740 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4741 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4742 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4744 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4745 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4746 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4747 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4748 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4754 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4755 ;;;;;; (17383 32093))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4758 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4759 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4760 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4762 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4764 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4766 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4767 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4773 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4774 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4775 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4776 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17318 53825))
4777 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4779 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4780 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4781 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4782 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4785 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4787 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4788 | | 1:tc or top-center
4789 | | 2:tr or top-right
4790 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4791 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4792 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4793 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4794 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4795 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4797 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4798 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4799 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4800 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4803 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4804 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4805 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4807 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4811 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4815 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4818 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4819 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4820 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4821 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4823 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4825 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4826 Compose characters in the current region.
4828 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4829 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4831 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4833 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4834 specifying the region.
4836 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4837 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4838 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4840 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4841 of the text in the region.
4843 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4845 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4846 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4847 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4848 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4850 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4851 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4854 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4855 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4856 text in the composition.
4858 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4860 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4861 Decompose text in the current region.
4863 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4864 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4868 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4869 Compose characters in string STRING.
4871 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4872 the characters in it.
4874 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4875 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4876 STRING respectively.
4878 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4879 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4880 `compose-region' for more detail.
4882 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4883 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4884 text in the composition.
4886 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4888 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4889 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4891 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4893 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4894 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4895 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4896 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4897 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4898 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4899 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4900 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4902 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4904 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4905 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4907 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4908 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4910 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4911 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4913 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4914 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4916 If no composition is found, return nil.
4918 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4919 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4921 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4922 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4923 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4925 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4927 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4929 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4930 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4931 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4933 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4935 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4937 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4939 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4940 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4942 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4943 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4944 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4945 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4946 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4947 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4948 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4951 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4953 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4954 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4956 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4958 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4959 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4961 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4963 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4965 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4966 Compose last characters.
4967 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4968 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4969 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4970 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4971 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4972 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4973 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4974 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4975 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4976 after a sequence of character events.
4979 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4981 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4982 Convert CHAR to string.
4984 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4985 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4986 vector of CHAR respectively.
4987 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4989 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4991 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4995 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4996 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4997 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17383 32186))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5000 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5001 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5002 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5003 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5004 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5005 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5006 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5008 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5009 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5010 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5012 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5013 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5014 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5016 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5017 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5018 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5019 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5021 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5022 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5023 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5024 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5025 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5026 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5027 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5033 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5034 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5035 Comments start with `#'.
5036 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5038 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5048 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5049 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5050 Comments start with `;'.
5051 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5053 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5055 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5056 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5057 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5059 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5060 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5064 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5065 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5066 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5067 between `/*' and `*/'.
5068 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5070 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5071 // another kind of comment
5083 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5084 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5085 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5086 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
5087 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
5088 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
5091 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5093 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5095 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5099 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5101 # Standard multimedia devices
5102 add /dev/audio desktop
5103 add /dev/mixer desktop
5107 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5108 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5109 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5110 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5112 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5114 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5115 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5119 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5120 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5121 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5122 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5124 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5126 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5127 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5131 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5132 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5133 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5134 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5136 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5145 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5146 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17578 34778))
5147 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5149 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5150 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5151 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5152 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5154 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5156 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5157 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5158 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5159 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5161 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5163 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5164 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5165 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5166 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5168 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5170 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5171 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5173 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5177 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5178 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17383 32137))
5179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5181 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5182 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5183 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5184 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5185 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5186 following the copyright are updated as well.
5187 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5190 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5192 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5193 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5194 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5198 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5199 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5201 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5205 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5206 ;;;;;; (17578 34778))
5207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5209 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5210 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5211 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5212 Tab indents for Perl code.
5213 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5214 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5216 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5217 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5218 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5219 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5220 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5221 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5222 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5223 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5224 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5225 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5226 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5227 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5229 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5231 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5232 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5234 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5236 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5237 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5238 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5239 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5240 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5241 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5242 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5243 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5244 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5246 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5250 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5251 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5252 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5255 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5256 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5257 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5259 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5261 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5262 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5263 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5264 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5265 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5267 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5277 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5278 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5279 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5280 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5281 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5282 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5283 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5284 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5285 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5286 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5287 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5288 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5289 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5291 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5292 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5293 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5294 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5295 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5296 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5298 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5299 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5302 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5303 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5304 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5305 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5306 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5308 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5309 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5310 span the needed amount of lines.
5312 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5313 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5314 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5315 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5317 Variables controlling indentation style:
5318 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5319 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5320 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5321 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5322 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5323 `cperl-auto-newline'
5324 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5325 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5326 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5327 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5328 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5329 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5330 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5331 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5332 `cperl-indent-level'
5333 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5334 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5335 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5336 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5337 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5338 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5339 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5340 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5341 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5342 `cperl-brace-offset'
5343 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5344 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5345 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5346 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5347 `cperl-label-offset'
5348 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5349 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5350 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5352 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5353 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5354 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5355 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5356 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5358 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5359 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5360 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5361 \(both available from menu).
5363 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5364 column 0 is indented on
5365 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5367 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5370 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5371 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5372 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5378 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5379 ;;;;;; (17397 61565))
5380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5382 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5383 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5384 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5385 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5386 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5390 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5391 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5397 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5398 ;;;;;; (17383 32142))
5399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5401 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5402 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5403 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5404 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5406 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5407 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5409 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5411 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5412 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5413 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5417 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5421 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5422 ;;;;;; (17515 39527))
5423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5425 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5426 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5427 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5428 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5430 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5431 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5432 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5433 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5435 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5436 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5437 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5439 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5440 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5443 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5444 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5445 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5447 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5449 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5450 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5451 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5453 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5458 ;;;;;; (17521 64537))
5459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5461 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5462 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5463 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5464 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5465 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5467 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5469 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5470 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5471 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5472 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5473 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5475 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5476 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5477 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5478 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5479 function of these prefix keys.
5481 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5482 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5484 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5485 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5486 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5488 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5489 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5490 the prefix fallback behavior.
5492 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5493 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5494 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5495 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5499 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5500 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5503 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5504 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5505 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5506 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5507 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5508 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5509 (if user-init-file (concat
5510 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5511 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5515 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5516 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5517 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5518 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5519 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5520 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5521 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5522 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5523 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17590 36098))
5524 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5525 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5527 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5528 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5530 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5531 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5533 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5534 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5536 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5538 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5540 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5541 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5542 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5544 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5545 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5547 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5548 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5550 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5551 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5553 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5554 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5556 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5558 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5560 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5561 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5564 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5565 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5567 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5568 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5570 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5571 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5573 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5574 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5576 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5578 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5580 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5581 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5582 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5583 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5584 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5588 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5589 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5590 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5591 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5595 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5596 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5600 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5601 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5605 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5607 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5608 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5610 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5612 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5614 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5615 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5616 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5618 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5620 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5621 Alist mapping versions of Emacs to versions of a package.
5622 These package versions are listed in the :package-version
5623 keyword used in `defcustom', `defgroup', and `defface'. Its
5624 elements look like this:
5626 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5628 For each PACKAGE, which is a symbol, there are one or more
5629 elements that contain a package version PVERSION with an
5630 associated Emacs version EVERSION. These versions are strings.
5631 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist with the
5634 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5635 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5636 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5637 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5638 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5640 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5641 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5642 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5643 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5645 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5647 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5648 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5649 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5650 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5651 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5653 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5654 that were added or redefined since that version.
5656 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5658 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5659 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5660 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5661 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5663 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5664 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5666 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5668 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5669 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5670 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5672 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5673 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5675 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5677 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5678 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5682 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5687 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5688 Customize all already saved user options.
5692 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5693 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5694 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5695 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5696 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5697 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5698 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5699 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5701 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5703 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5705 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5706 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5708 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5710 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5713 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5715 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5718 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5720 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5722 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5723 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5724 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5727 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5729 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5730 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5731 The result includes selecting that window.
5732 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5733 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5734 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5737 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5739 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5740 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5742 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5744 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5745 File used for storing customization information.
5746 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5747 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5748 it should be an absolute file name.
5750 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5751 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5752 something like the following in your init file:
5754 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5757 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5758 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5760 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5761 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5762 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5763 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5764 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5766 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5767 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5768 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5769 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5770 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5771 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5772 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5773 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5774 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5775 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5777 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5779 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5780 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5784 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5785 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5789 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5790 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5791 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5793 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5795 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5796 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5797 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5798 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5799 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5801 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5805 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5806 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17383 32094))
5807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5809 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5810 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5812 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5814 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5815 Alist of face attributes.
5817 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5818 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5819 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5820 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5821 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5822 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5824 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5825 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5826 customization type TYPE).
5828 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5829 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5830 given face attribute.")
5832 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5833 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5834 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5835 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5837 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5839 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5840 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5841 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5842 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5843 between themes and faces.
5844 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5846 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5847 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5849 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5851 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5852 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5853 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5857 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5859 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5861 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5862 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5863 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5865 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5869 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5871 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5875 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5876 ;;;;;; (17397 61539))
5877 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5879 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5880 Create a custom theme.
5886 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5887 ;;;;;; (17582 35146))
5888 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5890 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5891 Mode used for cvs status output.
5897 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5898 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17397 61565))
5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5901 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5902 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5904 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5905 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5906 C++ modes are included.
5908 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5912 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5915 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5916 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5920 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5921 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5922 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5923 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5924 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5926 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5928 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5929 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5930 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5931 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5932 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5938 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5939 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5940 ;;;;;; (17097 33524))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5943 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5944 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5946 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5948 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5949 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5951 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5953 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5954 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5955 For readability, the table is slightly
5956 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5958 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5959 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5960 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5961 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5962 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5964 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5968 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17383 32095))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5971 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5972 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5974 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5975 Completion on current word.
5976 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5977 and presents suggestions for completion.
5979 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5980 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5983 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5984 then it searches *all* buffers.
5986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5988 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5989 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5991 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5992 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5993 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5994 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5995 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5997 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5998 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6000 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6001 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6002 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6004 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6005 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6007 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6013 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17397
6015 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6017 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6018 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6020 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6021 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6022 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6024 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6025 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6026 Data lines are not indented.
6031 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6033 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6034 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6035 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6036 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6038 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6041 Extra indentation within blocks.
6043 dcl-continuation-offset
6044 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6047 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6049 dcl-margin-label-offset
6050 Indentation for a label.
6052 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6053 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6055 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6056 dcl-block-end-regexp
6057 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6058 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6059 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6060 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6061 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6063 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6064 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6065 Two such functions are included in the package:
6066 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6067 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6069 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6070 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6071 One such function is included in the package:
6072 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6074 dcl-tab-always-indent
6075 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6076 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6079 dcl-electric-characters
6080 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6083 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6084 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6085 which words trigger electric indentation.
6088 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6089 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6090 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6092 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6093 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6094 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6095 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6097 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6098 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6099 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6100 dcl-imenu-label-call
6101 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6103 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6104 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6105 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6106 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6109 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6111 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6112 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6113 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6115 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6116 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6120 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6121 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6122 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6123 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6124 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6125 \"lined up with the command line\"
6127 Data lines are not indented at all.
6128 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6133 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6134 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6140 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6141 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17438 58633))
6142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6144 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6146 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6147 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6148 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6151 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6152 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6153 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6155 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6157 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6158 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6160 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6162 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6163 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6164 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6165 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6166 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6167 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6169 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6170 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6172 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6174 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6175 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6176 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6177 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6178 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6180 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6184 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6185 ;;;;;; (17383 32181))
6186 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6188 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6189 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6193 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6194 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6195 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6196 Upper-case letters are commands.
6198 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6201 The most useful commands are:
6202 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6203 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6204 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6205 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6206 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6207 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6213 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6214 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17383
6216 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6218 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6219 Customization of `columns' group.
6223 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6224 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6226 START and END delimits the text region.
6228 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6230 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6231 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6233 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6235 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6239 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17397
6241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6243 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6244 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6245 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6246 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6247 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6248 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6250 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6254 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6255 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6256 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6257 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6258 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6259 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6260 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6261 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6262 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6263 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6264 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6265 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6267 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6268 Directories to search when finding external units.
6269 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6270 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6274 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6275 Face used to color delphi comments.
6276 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6277 Face used to color delphi strings.
6278 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6279 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6280 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6281 Face used to color everything else.
6283 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6284 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6286 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6290 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17383
6292 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6294 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6296 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6297 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6298 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6300 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6302 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6304 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6305 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6306 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6309 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6310 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6311 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6318 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6319 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17383 32137))
6320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6322 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6323 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6325 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6327 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6328 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6329 or nil if there is no parent.
6330 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6331 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6332 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6333 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6334 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6336 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6337 arguments are currently understood:
6339 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6340 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6342 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6343 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6345 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6346 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6348 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6350 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6352 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6353 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6354 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6356 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6357 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6359 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6360 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6361 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6363 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6364 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6366 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6367 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6369 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6371 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6373 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6374 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6375 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6376 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6377 the first time the mode is used.
6379 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6383 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6384 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17383 32095))
6385 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6387 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6388 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6389 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6390 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6391 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6394 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6396 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6397 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6398 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6399 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6400 character composition information (if relevant),
6401 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6407 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6408 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6409 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6410 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17578 34771))
6411 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6413 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6414 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6415 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6417 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6419 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6420 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6421 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6422 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6423 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6424 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6428 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6429 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6430 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6431 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6433 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6435 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6436 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6437 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6439 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6440 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6441 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6443 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6444 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6446 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6447 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6448 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6450 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6451 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6452 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6453 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6455 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6457 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6458 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6460 Handlers are called with argument list
6462 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6464 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6466 desktop-file-version
6467 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6468 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6469 desktop-buffer-point
6471 desktop-buffer-read-only
6472 desktop-buffer-locals
6474 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6475 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6477 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6480 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6482 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6483 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6485 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6487 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6489 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6490 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6491 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6492 List elements must have the form
6494 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6496 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6499 Handlers are called with argument list
6501 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6503 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6505 desktop-file-version
6506 desktop-buffer-file-name
6508 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6509 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6510 desktop-buffer-point
6512 desktop-buffer-read-only
6515 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6516 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6519 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6522 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6524 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6525 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6527 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6529 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6531 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6533 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6535 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6536 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6537 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6541 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6542 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6543 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6544 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6546 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6548 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6549 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6550 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6554 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6555 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6556 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6557 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6558 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6559 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6560 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6561 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6563 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6565 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6566 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6567 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6571 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6572 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6573 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6574 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6577 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6579 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6580 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6584 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6585 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6591 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6592 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6593 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17494 22065))
6594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6596 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6597 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6598 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6599 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6600 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6601 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6603 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6605 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6606 Repair a broken attribution line.
6607 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6609 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6611 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6612 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6613 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6614 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6616 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6618 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6619 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6625 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6626 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17097 33525))
6627 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6629 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6631 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6634 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6636 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6643 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6644 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17521 64537))
6645 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6647 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6648 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6649 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6650 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6651 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6655 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6656 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6657 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6658 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6660 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6661 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6662 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6663 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6666 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6668 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6669 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6670 european-calendar-style t \\
6671 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6672 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6673 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6675 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6676 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6677 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6678 to run it every morning at 1am.
6680 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6682 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6683 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6689 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6690 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17578 34771))
6691 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6693 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6694 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6696 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6698 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6699 *The command to use to run diff.")
6701 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6703 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6704 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6705 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6706 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6707 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6708 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6710 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6712 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6713 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6714 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6715 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6716 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6717 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6719 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6723 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6724 ;;;;;; (17578 34771))
6725 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6727 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6728 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6729 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6731 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6732 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6733 headers for you on-the-fly.
6735 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6736 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6737 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6742 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6743 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6744 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6750 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6751 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6752 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6753 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6754 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17578 34771))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6757 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6758 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6759 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6760 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6761 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6762 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6763 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6764 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6766 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6768 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6769 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6771 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6772 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6773 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6774 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6775 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6777 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6778 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6780 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6781 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6782 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6783 always set this variable to t.")
6785 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6787 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6788 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6789 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6790 A value of t means move to first file.")
6792 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6794 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6795 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6796 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6797 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6798 are afterward marked with that character.")
6800 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6802 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6803 *Controls marking of copied files.
6804 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6805 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6807 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6809 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6810 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6811 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6812 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6814 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6816 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6817 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6818 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6819 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6821 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6823 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6824 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6825 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6826 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6828 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6830 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6832 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6833 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6834 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6836 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6838 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6839 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6840 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6841 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6842 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6843 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6845 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6846 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6847 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6848 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6849 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6850 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6851 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6852 list of files to make directory entries for.
6853 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6854 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6855 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6856 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6858 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6860 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6861 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6863 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6864 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6866 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6867 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6869 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6870 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6872 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6874 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6875 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6877 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6879 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6880 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6881 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6882 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6883 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6884 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6885 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6886 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6887 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6888 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6889 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6890 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6891 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6892 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6893 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6894 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6895 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6896 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6897 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6898 to see why something went wrong.
6899 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6900 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6901 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6902 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6903 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6904 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6905 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6906 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6907 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6908 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6909 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6910 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6911 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6913 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6914 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6915 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6916 again for the directory tree.
6918 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6921 `dired-listing-switches'
6922 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6923 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6926 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6927 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6928 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6929 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6931 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6933 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6934 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6941 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6942 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6946 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6947 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6948 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6949 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6950 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6951 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6952 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6953 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6954 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6955 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6956 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6957 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6958 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6959 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17521 64535))
6960 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6962 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6963 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6964 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6965 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6966 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6967 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6968 which is options for `diff'.
6970 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6972 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6973 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6974 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6975 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6976 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6977 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6979 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6981 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6982 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6983 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6984 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6985 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6986 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6987 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6989 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6991 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6992 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6993 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6994 returned by function `file-attributes'
6996 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6997 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6999 Examples of PREDICATE:
7001 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7002 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7003 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7004 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7005 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7007 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7009 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7010 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7011 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7015 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7016 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7020 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7021 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7025 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7026 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7031 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7032 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7033 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7034 `lpr-switches' as default.
7036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7038 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7039 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7040 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7041 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7042 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7044 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7045 with a prefix argument.
7049 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7050 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7051 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7052 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7053 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7055 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7056 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7058 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7059 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7060 file name substituted for `?'.
7062 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7063 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7065 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7066 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7067 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7068 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7070 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7072 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7073 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7074 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7076 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7077 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7080 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7081 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7082 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7084 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7086 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7089 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7091 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7092 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7093 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7094 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7095 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7096 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7097 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7098 from the buffer as well.
7099 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7100 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7101 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7103 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7105 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7108 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7110 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7113 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7115 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7116 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7120 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7121 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7125 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7126 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7130 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7131 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7132 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7133 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7135 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7136 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7137 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7138 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7139 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7140 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7141 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7143 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7145 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7148 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7150 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7153 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7155 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7158 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7160 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7163 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7165 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7168 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7170 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7171 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7173 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7175 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7176 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7177 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7178 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7179 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7180 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7181 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7182 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7183 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7187 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7188 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7189 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7190 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7191 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7192 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7193 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7194 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7198 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7199 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7200 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7201 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7202 and new hard links are made in that directory
7203 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7204 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7205 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7209 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7210 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7211 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7212 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7213 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7214 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7215 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7219 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7220 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7222 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7223 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7224 file if none are marked.
7226 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7227 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7228 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7229 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7231 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7232 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7234 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7236 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7238 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7240 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7244 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7246 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7248 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7249 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7250 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7252 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7254 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7255 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7259 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7260 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7264 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7265 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7266 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7267 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7268 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7269 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7271 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7273 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7274 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7275 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7276 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7277 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7278 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7279 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7281 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7283 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7284 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7285 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7286 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7287 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7288 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7290 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7292 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7294 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7295 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7296 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7298 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7302 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7303 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7307 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7308 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7309 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7310 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7314 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7315 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7316 Lower levels are unaffected.
7318 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7320 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7321 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7325 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7326 Go down in the dired tree.
7330 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7331 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7332 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7333 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7337 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7339 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7340 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7344 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7345 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7346 Stops when a match is found.
7347 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7349 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7351 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7352 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7353 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7354 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7355 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7357 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7359 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7360 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7361 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7362 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7364 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7368 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17521 64536))
7369 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7371 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7372 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7373 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7374 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7375 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7376 buffer and try again.
7378 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7382 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17582 31039))
7383 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7385 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7386 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7387 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7389 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7391 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7392 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7394 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7395 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7397 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17383
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7405 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7406 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7407 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7408 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7409 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7410 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7412 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7416 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7417 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7418 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7419 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7420 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17383 32097))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7423 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7424 Return a new, empty display table.
7428 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7429 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7430 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7431 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7432 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7434 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7436 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7437 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7438 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7439 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7440 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7442 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7444 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7445 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7449 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7450 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7454 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7455 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7459 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7460 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7464 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7465 Display character C using printable string S.
7469 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7470 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7471 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7472 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7474 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7476 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7477 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7478 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7481 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7483 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7484 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7486 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7488 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7489 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7491 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7493 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7494 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7496 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7497 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7498 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7499 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7501 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7502 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7503 European character display.
7505 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7506 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7507 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7508 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7510 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7511 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7512 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7513 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7514 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7520 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7521 ;;;;;; (17383 32181))
7522 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7524 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7525 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7526 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7527 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7528 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7529 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7530 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7537 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17521 64536))
7538 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7540 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7541 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7542 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7543 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7544 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7545 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7547 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7548 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7549 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7550 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7551 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7553 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7557 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7558 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17383 32186))
7559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7561 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7562 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7563 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7564 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7565 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7566 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7567 table and its own syntax table.
7569 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7573 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7574 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7577 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7581 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17365 2741))
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7584 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7585 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7591 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7592 ;;;;;; (17383 32097))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7595 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7598 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7600 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7602 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7604 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7606 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7607 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7613 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17582 28846))
7614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7616 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7617 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7624 ;;;;;; (17383 32154))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7627 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7628 Play sounds in message buffers.
7634 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7635 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7636 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17585 4275))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7639 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7641 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7642 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7643 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7644 and toggle command MODE.
7646 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7647 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7648 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7649 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7650 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7651 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7652 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7653 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7656 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7657 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7658 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7659 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7660 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7661 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7662 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7663 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7664 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7665 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7666 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7667 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7668 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7669 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7670 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7671 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7672 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7674 For example, you could write
7675 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7676 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7679 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7681 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7683 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7684 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7685 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7686 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7687 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7688 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7689 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7690 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7691 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7692 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7693 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7694 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7696 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7697 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7698 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7699 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7700 call another major mode in their body.
7702 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7704 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7705 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7706 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7707 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7708 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7709 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7710 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7712 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7714 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7717 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7719 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7720 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7721 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7723 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7727 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7728 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17383
7730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7732 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7734 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7735 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7737 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7738 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7739 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7741 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7742 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7746 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7747 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7751 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7752 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7756 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7757 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7759 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7761 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7763 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7765 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7766 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7768 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7769 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7771 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7773 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7775 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7779 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7780 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7781 computed automatically.
7782 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7786 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7788 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7789 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7790 keyboard equivalent.
7794 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7795 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7799 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7800 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7804 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7805 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7809 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7813 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7814 radio: A radio button.
7815 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7816 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7818 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7822 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7823 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7827 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7829 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7830 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7831 as a solid horizontal line.
7833 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7835 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7837 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7840 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7842 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7843 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7844 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7845 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7847 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7849 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7850 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7851 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7852 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7853 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7854 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7856 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7857 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7858 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7860 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7861 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7863 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7868 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7869 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7870 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7871 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7872 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7873 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7874 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17397 61566))
7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7877 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7878 Customization for ebnf group.
7882 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7883 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7885 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7887 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7890 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7892 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7894 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7895 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7897 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7898 killed after process termination.
7900 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7902 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7907 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7908 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7911 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7912 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7913 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7914 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7916 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7918 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7919 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7920 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7922 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7924 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7925 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7927 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7929 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7932 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7934 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7936 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7937 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7939 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7940 killed after process termination.
7942 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7944 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7946 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7947 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7948 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7949 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7951 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7955 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7956 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7957 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7959 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7963 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7964 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7966 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7968 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7971 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7973 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7975 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7976 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7978 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7979 killed after EPS generation.
7981 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7983 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7985 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7986 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7988 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7989 The EPS file name has the following form:
7991 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7993 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7994 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7996 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7997 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7998 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7999 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8001 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8005 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8008 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8009 The EPS file name has the following form:
8011 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8013 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8014 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8016 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8017 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8018 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8019 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8021 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8023 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8025 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8027 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8028 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8030 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8032 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8035 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8037 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8042 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8043 killed after syntax checking.
8045 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8047 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8049 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8050 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8054 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8055 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8059 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8060 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8064 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8065 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8067 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8069 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8071 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8074 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8078 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8079 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8081 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8083 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8085 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 Set STYLE as the current style.
8088 It returns the old style symbol.
8090 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8094 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8095 Reset current style.
8097 It returns the old style symbol.
8099 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8101 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8103 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8106 It returns the old style symbol.
8108 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8110 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8115 It returns the old style symbol.
8117 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8123 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8124 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8125 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8126 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8127 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8128 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8129 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8130 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8131 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8132 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8133 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17590
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8137 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8138 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8139 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8140 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8141 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8142 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8144 Tree mode key bindings:
8145 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8149 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8150 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8154 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8155 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8157 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8161 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8162 View declaration of member at point.
8166 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8167 Find declaration of member at point.
8171 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8172 View definition of member at point.
8176 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8177 Find definition of member at point.
8181 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8182 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8186 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8187 View definition of member at point in other window.
8191 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8192 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8196 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8197 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8201 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8202 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8206 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8207 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8211 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8212 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8213 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8214 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8217 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8219 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8220 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8221 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8222 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8224 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8226 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8227 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8228 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8229 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8231 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8233 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8234 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8235 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8237 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8239 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8240 Search for call sites of a member.
8241 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8242 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8243 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8244 looks like a function call to the member.
8246 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8248 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8249 Move backward in the position stack.
8250 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8254 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8255 Move forward in the position stack.
8256 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8261 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8265 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8266 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8270 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8271 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8272 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8273 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8275 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8277 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8278 Display statistics for a class tree.
8284 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8285 ;;;;;; (17383 32098))
8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8288 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8289 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8290 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8291 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8293 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8294 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8295 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8297 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8298 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8299 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8301 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8303 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8309 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8310 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17383 32098))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8313 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8314 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8315 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8317 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8322 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8323 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17590 36099))
8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8326 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8327 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8328 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8329 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8330 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8332 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8333 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8334 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8335 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8337 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8339 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8340 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8341 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8342 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8344 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8346 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8347 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8348 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8349 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8351 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8353 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8355 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8356 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8357 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8358 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8359 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8361 If you do this on a function definition
8362 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8363 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8364 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8365 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8367 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8368 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8369 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8370 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8375 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8376 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8380 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8381 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8387 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8388 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8389 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8390 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8391 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8392 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8393 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8394 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8395 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8396 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17578 34771))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8399 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8400 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8402 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8404 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8405 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8407 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8409 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8411 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8413 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8414 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8415 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8416 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8420 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8421 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8423 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8425 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8427 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8428 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8430 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8432 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8434 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8435 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8436 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8437 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8439 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8441 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8443 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8444 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8445 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8446 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8448 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8450 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8452 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8453 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8454 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8455 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8457 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8459 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8461 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8463 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8464 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8466 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8468 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8471 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8472 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8473 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8474 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8475 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8477 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8479 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8480 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8481 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8482 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8484 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8486 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8488 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8489 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8490 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8491 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8493 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8495 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8497 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8499 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8500 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8501 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8503 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8504 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8506 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8508 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8509 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8510 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8512 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8513 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8515 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8517 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8518 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8519 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8520 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8521 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8523 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8524 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8526 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8528 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8529 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8530 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8531 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8532 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8534 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8535 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8536 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8538 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8540 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8543 Merge two files without ancestor.
8545 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8547 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8548 Merge two files with ancestor.
8550 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8552 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8554 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8555 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8557 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8559 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8560 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8562 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8564 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8565 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8566 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8569 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8571 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8572 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8573 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8576 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8578 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8579 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8580 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8581 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8585 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8587 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8588 and don't ask the user.
8589 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8590 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8592 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8594 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8595 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8596 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8597 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8598 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8599 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8600 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8601 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8603 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8605 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8607 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8609 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8610 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8611 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8612 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8613 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8615 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8617 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8620 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8621 When called interactively, displays the version.
8625 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8626 Display Ediff's manual.
8627 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8629 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8634 ;;;;;; (17401 56225))
8635 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 56225))
8645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8647 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8648 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8650 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8652 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8656 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8657 ;;;;;; (17578 34771))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8660 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8661 Display Ediff's registry.
8665 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8670 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17401 56227))
8671 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8674 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8675 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8680 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8681 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8682 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8683 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8689 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8690 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17383 32100))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8694 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8695 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8696 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8698 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8699 Edit a keyboard macro.
8700 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8701 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8702 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8704 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8706 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8708 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8709 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8711 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8713 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8714 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8716 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8718 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8719 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8720 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8721 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8722 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8723 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8725 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8726 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8727 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8728 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8730 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8732 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8733 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8734 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8735 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8736 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8737 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8739 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8743 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8744 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17383 32143))
8745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8747 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8749 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8750 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8752 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8754 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8755 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8761 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8762 ;;;;;; (17383 32100))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8765 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8766 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8767 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8768 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8769 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8770 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8771 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8772 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8774 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8775 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8777 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8778 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8779 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8780 this value is non-nil.
8782 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8783 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8784 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8786 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8787 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8788 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8790 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8792 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8795 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8799 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8800 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17383 32138))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8803 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8804 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8806 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8808 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8809 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8810 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8811 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8812 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8813 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8814 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8816 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8820 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8821 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8825 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8826 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8827 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8828 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8829 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8830 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8833 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8834 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8838 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17383
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8842 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8843 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8845 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8846 an elided material again.
8848 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8854 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8855 ;;;;;; (17383 32138))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8858 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8865 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8866 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17383
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8870 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8871 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8872 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8874 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8876 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8877 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8878 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8880 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8882 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8883 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8884 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8886 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8888 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8890 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8891 Display current profiling results.
8892 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8893 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8900 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8901 ;;;;;; (17383 32168))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8904 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8905 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8906 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8908 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8912 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8913 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8914 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8915 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8916 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 12307))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8919 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8920 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8921 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8922 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8923 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8924 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8925 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8926 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8927 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8928 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8929 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8930 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8931 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8932 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8933 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8934 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8936 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8937 Run Emerge on two files.
8939 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8941 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8942 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8944 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8946 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8947 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8949 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8951 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8952 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8954 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8956 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8961 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8966 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8969 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8971 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8974 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8976 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8977 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8979 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8981 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8982 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8984 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8986 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8989 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8994 ;;;;;; (17097 33520))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8997 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8998 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8999 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9001 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9003 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
9005 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9006 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9007 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9009 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9010 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9013 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9014 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9015 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9021 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9022 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17383 32186))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9025 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9026 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9027 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9028 text/enriched format.
9029 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9031 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9032 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9036 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9040 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9043 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9045 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9048 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9052 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
9053 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9056 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9057 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9061 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9062 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9063 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9064 (server (erc-compute-server))
9065 (port (erc-compute-port))
9066 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9068 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9070 That is, if called with
9071 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9072 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9073 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
9074 be invoked for those parameters' values
9076 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17397
9082 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9083 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17457 37501))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9099 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9100 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17397 61550))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9103 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9104 Parser for /dcc command.
9105 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9106 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9107 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9109 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9111 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9112 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9116 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9117 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9119 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9120 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9121 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9124 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9128 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9129 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9130 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9131 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9132 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
9133 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9135 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9136 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9138 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9140 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9141 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9142 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9143 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9145 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9147 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9150 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9152 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9153 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9155 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9157 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9158 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9160 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9162 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9163 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9165 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9167 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9168 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9170 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9172 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9173 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9175 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9177 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9178 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9180 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9182 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9183 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9187 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9188 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9194 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17397
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9199 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9200 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9201 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9215 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17457 37501))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9218 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9219 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9220 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9221 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9222 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9223 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9226 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9228 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9231 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9235 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9236 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9239 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17484 52428))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9252 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9253 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9257 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9258 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9259 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9262 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9264 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9265 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9266 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9267 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9269 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9273 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9274 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17397 61551))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9276 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9278 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9279 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9280 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9281 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9282 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9283 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9287 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9288 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9289 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9290 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9292 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9293 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9296 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9297 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9299 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9303 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9304 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9305 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9306 ;;;;;; (17397 61551))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9308 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9310 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9311 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9315 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9316 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9320 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9321 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9325 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9326 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9330 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9331 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9335 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9336 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9340 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9341 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9345 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9346 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9352 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9353 ;;;;;; (17484 52428))
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9355 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9357 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9364 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9365 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 39324))
9366 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9368 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9369 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9370 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9371 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9375 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9376 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9382 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9383 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17397 61552))
9384 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9385 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9387 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9388 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9389 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9390 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9392 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9394 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17397 61552))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9403 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17397
9409 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9410 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17397 61552))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9416 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17397 61552))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9422 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9426 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9427 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 39324))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9429 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9431 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9432 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9436 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9437 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9438 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9440 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17397 61552))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9446 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9450 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9451 ;;;;;; (17397 61552))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9454 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9455 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9456 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17397
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9465 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17397 61552))
9470 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9471 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17397 61552))
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9477 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9478 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9482 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9483 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17397 61552))
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9485 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9487 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9488 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9489 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9490 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9492 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9494 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9495 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9496 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9503 ;;;;;; (17397 61553))
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9506 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9507 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9513 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17383
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9517 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9518 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9526 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17383
9528 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9530 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9531 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9537 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9538 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17432 37360))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9541 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9542 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9543 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9544 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9545 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9546 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9547 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9548 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9549 buffer selected (or created).
9551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9553 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9554 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9555 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9557 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9559 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9560 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9561 The result might be any Lisp object.
9562 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9563 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9564 corresponding to a successful execution.
9566 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9568 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9569 Report a bug in Eshell.
9570 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9571 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9577 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9578 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9579 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9580 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9581 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9582 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9583 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9584 ;;;;;; (17420 36090))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9587 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9588 *File name of tags table.
9589 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9590 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9591 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9592 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9594 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9595 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9596 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9597 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9599 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9601 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9602 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9603 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9604 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9605 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9606 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9608 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9610 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9611 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9612 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9613 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9614 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9615 `auto-compression-mode').")
9617 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9619 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9620 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9621 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9622 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9623 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9625 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9627 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9628 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9629 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9630 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9632 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9634 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9635 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9636 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9637 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9638 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9640 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9642 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9643 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9647 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9648 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9649 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9650 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9652 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9653 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9654 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9655 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9656 file the tag was in.
9658 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9660 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9661 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9662 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9663 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9664 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9665 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9666 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9667 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9668 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9670 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9672 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9673 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9674 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9675 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9676 without directory names.
9680 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9681 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9682 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9683 but does not select the buffer.
9684 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9686 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9687 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9688 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9689 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9690 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9692 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9694 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9695 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9696 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9698 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9700 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9702 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9703 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9704 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9705 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9707 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9708 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9709 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9710 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9711 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9713 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9715 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9716 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9717 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9719 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9721 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9722 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9724 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9725 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9726 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9727 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9728 around or before point.
9730 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9731 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9732 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9733 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9734 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9736 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9738 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9739 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9740 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9742 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9744 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9745 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9747 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9748 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9749 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9750 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9751 around or before point.
9753 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9754 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9755 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9756 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9757 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9759 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9761 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9762 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9763 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9765 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9767 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9768 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9770 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9771 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9772 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9774 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9775 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9776 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9777 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9778 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9780 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9782 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9783 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9784 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9786 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9788 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9789 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9790 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9792 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9793 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9795 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9796 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9797 where they were found.
9801 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9802 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9804 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9805 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9806 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9808 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9809 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9811 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9812 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9814 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9816 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9817 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9818 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9819 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9821 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9822 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9823 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9824 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9825 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9827 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9828 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9830 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9831 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9832 Stops when a match is found.
9833 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9835 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9837 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9839 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9840 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9841 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9842 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9843 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9845 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9847 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9849 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9850 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9851 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9852 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9853 directory specification.
9855 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9857 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9858 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9860 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9862 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9863 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9864 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9865 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9869 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9870 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9871 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9872 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9873 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9880 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9881 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9882 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9883 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9884 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9885 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9886 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17578 34777))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9889 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9894 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9895 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9896 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9897 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9899 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9900 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9903 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9904 even if the buffer is read-only.
9906 See also the descriptions of the variables
9907 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9908 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9910 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9912 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9913 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9915 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9916 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9918 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9919 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9922 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9923 buffer is read-only.
9925 See also the descriptions of the variables
9926 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9927 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9929 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9931 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9932 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9933 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9937 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9938 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9940 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9941 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9943 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9944 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9948 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9949 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9950 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9951 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9953 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9956 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9957 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9958 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9960 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9961 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9962 the primary language.
9964 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9965 buffer is read-only.
9967 See also the descriptions of the variables
9968 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9969 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9971 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9973 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9974 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9975 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9976 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9978 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9979 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9982 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9983 buffer is read-only.
9985 See also the descriptions of the variables
9986 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9987 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9989 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9991 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9992 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9993 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9997 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9998 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10000 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10001 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10002 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10003 3) convert the body into SERA.
10005 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10009 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10010 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10011 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10013 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10015 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10016 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10020 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10021 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10023 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10024 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10027 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10028 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10029 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10031 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10033 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10035 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10036 Allow the user to input special characters.
10040 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10041 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10042 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10046 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10047 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10051 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10052 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10054 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10055 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10057 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10058 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10062 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10063 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10067 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10068 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10072 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10073 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10079 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10080 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10081 ;;;;;; (17383 32175))
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10084 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10085 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10086 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10087 server for future sessions.
10089 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10091 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10092 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10093 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10095 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10097 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10098 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10099 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10101 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10103 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10104 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10105 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10106 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10107 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10108 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10109 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10110 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10111 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10112 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10113 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10114 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10116 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10118 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10119 Display a form to query the directory server.
10120 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10121 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10123 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10125 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10126 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10127 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10131 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10136 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10137 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17383 32175))
10138 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10140 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10141 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10143 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10145 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10146 Display URL and make it clickable.
10148 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10150 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10151 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10153 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10155 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10156 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10158 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10160 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10161 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10163 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10165 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10166 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10168 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10172 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10173 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17383 32175))
10174 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10176 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10177 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10178 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10182 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10183 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10190 ;;;;;; (17383 32175))
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10193 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10194 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10200 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17578
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10204 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10205 Create an empty ewoc.
10207 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10209 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10210 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10211 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10212 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10213 `insert-before-markers'.
10215 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10216 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10217 respectively, of the ewoc.
10219 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10220 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10221 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10223 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10227 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10228 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10229 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10230 ;;;;;; (17397 61567))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10233 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10234 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10235 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10237 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10239 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10240 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10241 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10242 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10243 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10245 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10247 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10248 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10249 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10250 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10251 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10254 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10256 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10257 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10258 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10262 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10263 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10264 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10271 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10272 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17383 32101))
10273 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10275 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10276 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10277 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10278 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10280 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10282 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10283 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10284 to generate such functions.
10286 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10287 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10288 beginning of the expanded text.
10290 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10291 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10292 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10293 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10295 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10297 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10299 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10300 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10301 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10305 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10306 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10307 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10310 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10311 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10315 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17397 61567))
10316 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10318 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10319 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10320 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10322 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10323 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10324 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10326 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10331 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10334 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10336 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10338 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10339 `f90-program-indent'
10340 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10342 `f90-continuation-indent'
10343 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10344 `f90-comment-region'
10345 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10346 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10347 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10348 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10350 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10351 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10352 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10353 `f90-break-delimiters'
10354 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10355 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10356 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10357 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10359 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10360 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10362 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10363 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10364 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10365 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10366 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10367 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10368 `f90-leave-line-no'
10369 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10371 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10372 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10378 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10379 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10380 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10381 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10382 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17578 34771))
10383 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10384 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10385 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10387 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10388 Menu keymap for faces.")
10390 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10392 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10393 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10395 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10397 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10398 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10400 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10402 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10403 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10405 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10407 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10408 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10410 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10412 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10413 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10415 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10417 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10418 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10420 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10422 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10424 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10426 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10428 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10429 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10430 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10431 will not show through at all will be removed.
10433 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10435 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10436 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10439 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10440 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10441 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10443 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10445 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10446 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10447 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10449 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10450 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10453 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10454 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10455 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10457 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10459 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10460 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10461 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10463 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10464 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10467 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10468 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10469 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10471 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10473 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10474 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10475 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10476 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10477 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10478 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10479 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10481 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10482 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10485 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10486 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10487 to insert cancels the specification.
10489 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10491 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10492 Make the region invisible.
10493 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10494 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10496 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10498 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10499 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10500 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10501 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10505 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10506 Make the region unmodifiable.
10507 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10508 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10512 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10513 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10515 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10517 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10518 Remove all text properties from the region.
10520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10522 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10523 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10524 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10526 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10528 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10529 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10531 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10533 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10534 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10535 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10536 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10537 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10538 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10540 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10545 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17383 32179))
10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10548 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10549 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10550 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10551 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10553 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10555 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10556 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10557 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10559 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10560 - When you save the file's buffer.
10561 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10562 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10563 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10564 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10566 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10568 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10569 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10570 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10571 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10575 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10576 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10580 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10585 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10586 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17259 50162))
10587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10589 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10590 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10591 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10592 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10596 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10597 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10601 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10602 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10603 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10604 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10608 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10609 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10610 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10611 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10612 backup file names and the like).
10614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10616 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10617 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10618 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10619 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10620 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10621 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10622 internally by feedmail):
10624 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10625 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10626 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10627 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10629 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10630 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10631 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10632 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10633 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10635 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10639 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10640 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17401 56228))
10641 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10643 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10644 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10645 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10646 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10647 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10648 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10649 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10651 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10653 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10654 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10655 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10656 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10657 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10658 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10659 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10661 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10663 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10665 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10666 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10667 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10668 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10669 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10670 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10672 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10674 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10675 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10676 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10678 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10679 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10684 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10685 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10687 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10689 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10690 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10697 ;;;;;; (17383 32101))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10700 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10701 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10702 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10703 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10704 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10705 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10706 \(directories) is done.
10709 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10710 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10711 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10715 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17383
10717 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10719 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10720 Filesets initialization.
10721 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17585 4276))
10728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10729 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10733 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10734 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10735 ;;;;;; (17383 32102))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10738 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10739 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10740 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10741 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10742 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10744 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10746 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10747 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10748 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10749 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10750 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10752 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10754 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10755 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10756 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10757 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10759 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10761 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10762 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10763 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10765 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10767 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10768 as the final argument.
10770 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10772 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10773 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10774 and run dired on those files.
10775 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10776 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10778 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10780 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10782 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10783 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10784 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10786 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10788 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10790 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10794 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10795 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10796 ;;;;;; (17383 32102))
10797 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10799 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10800 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10801 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10802 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10805 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10806 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10807 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10809 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10811 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10813 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10815 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10816 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10817 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10819 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10820 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10822 Variables of interest include:
10824 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10825 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10826 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10828 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10829 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10830 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10832 - `ff-ignore-include'
10833 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10835 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10836 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10839 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10841 - `ff-special-constructs'
10842 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10843 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10844 extracting the filename from that construct.
10846 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10847 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10849 - `ff-search-directories'
10850 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10851 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10853 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10854 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10856 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10857 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10859 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10860 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10862 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10863 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10865 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10866 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10868 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10870 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10871 Visit the file you click on.
10873 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10875 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10876 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10878 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10882 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10883 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10884 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10885 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10886 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10887 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10888 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17590 36099))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10891 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10892 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10894 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10896 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10897 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10898 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10899 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10901 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10902 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10903 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10904 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10906 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10908 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10909 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10911 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10912 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10913 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10914 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10916 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10917 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10920 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10922 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10923 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10925 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10926 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10927 places point before the definition.
10928 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10930 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10931 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10932 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10934 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10936 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10937 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10939 See `find-function' for more details.
10941 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10943 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10944 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10946 See `find-function' for more details.
10948 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10950 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10951 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10953 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10954 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10955 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10957 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10958 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10960 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10962 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10963 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10965 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10966 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10967 places point before the definition.
10969 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10971 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10972 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10973 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10975 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10977 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10978 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10980 See `find-variable' for more details.
10982 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10984 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10985 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10987 See `find-variable' for more details.
10989 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10991 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10992 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10993 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10994 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10995 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10996 buffer nor display it.
10998 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10999 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11001 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11003 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11004 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11006 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11007 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11008 places point before the definition.
11010 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11012 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11013 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11014 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11018 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11019 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11020 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11024 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11025 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11029 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11030 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11034 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11035 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11041 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11042 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17397 61540))
11043 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11045 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11046 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11048 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11050 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11051 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11055 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11056 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11058 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11062 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11063 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17466 42705))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11066 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11067 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11071 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11072 Display FILE's commentary section.
11073 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11077 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11078 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11085 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17383 32103))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11088 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11089 Toggle flow control handling.
11090 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11091 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11093 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11095 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11096 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11097 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11098 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11099 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11100 to get the effect of a C-q.
11102 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11106 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11107 ;;;;;; (17484 52429))
11108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11110 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11115 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11118 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11122 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11123 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17397 61567))
11124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11126 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11127 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11128 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11129 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11134 Turn flymake mode on.
11138 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11139 Turn flymake mode off.
11145 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11146 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11147 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17578 34779))
11148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11150 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11151 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11154 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11156 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11157 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11158 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11159 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11160 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11161 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11164 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11165 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11166 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11167 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11170 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11173 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11174 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11175 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11177 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11179 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11180 in your .emacs file.
11182 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11183 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11187 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11188 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11192 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11193 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11197 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11198 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11202 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11203 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11205 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11207 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11208 Flyspell whole buffer.
11214 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11215 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (17487 53545))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11219 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11220 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11224 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11225 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11229 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11230 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11232 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11233 of two major techniques:
11235 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11236 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11237 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11239 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11240 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11241 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11244 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11245 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11246 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11247 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11248 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11251 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11252 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11254 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11256 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11257 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11258 \(This is the default.)
11260 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11261 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11263 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11264 \\{follow-mode-map}
11266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11268 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11269 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11271 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11272 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11273 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11274 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11275 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11276 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11278 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11279 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11280 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11282 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11283 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11284 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11290 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17383
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11294 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11295 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11296 \\<message-mode-map>
11300 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11301 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11302 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11303 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11304 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11305 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11311 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11312 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17383 32104))
11313 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11315 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11316 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11318 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11319 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11320 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11321 C-c < forms-first-record <
11322 C-c > forms-last-record >
11323 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11324 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11325 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11326 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11327 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11328 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11329 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11330 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11331 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11332 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11334 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11336 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11337 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11341 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11342 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11349 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 25800))
11350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11352 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11353 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11354 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11355 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11356 with a character in column 6.")
11358 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11360 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11361 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11362 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11364 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11365 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11367 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11370 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11372 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11374 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11375 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11376 `fortran-do-indent'
11377 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11378 `fortran-if-indent'
11379 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11380 `fortran-structure-indent'
11381 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11383 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11384 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11385 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11386 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11387 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11388 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11389 nil don't change the indentation
11390 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11392 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11393 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11394 depending on the continuation format in use.
11395 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11396 indentation for a line of code.
11398 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11399 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11400 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11401 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11402 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11403 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11404 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11405 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11406 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11407 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11409 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11410 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11411 statements (default nil).
11412 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11413 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11414 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11415 `fortran-continuation-string'
11416 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11417 line (default \"$\").
11418 `fortran-comment-region'
11419 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11420 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11421 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11422 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11423 as typed (default t).
11424 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11425 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11427 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11428 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11434 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11435 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 32182))
11436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11438 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11439 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11441 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11442 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11444 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11446 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11447 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11449 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11450 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11452 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11454 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11455 Compile fortune file.
11457 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11458 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11460 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11462 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11463 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11465 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11466 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11467 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11468 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11470 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11472 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11473 Display a fortune cookie.
11475 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11476 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11477 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11478 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11480 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11484 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11485 ;;;;;; (17578 34779))
11486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11488 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11489 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11490 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11491 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11493 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11494 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11495 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11496 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11498 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11499 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11500 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11501 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11502 some of the buffers.
11504 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11506 The following commands help control operation :
11508 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11509 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11511 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11512 detailed description of this mode.
11515 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11517 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11518 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11522 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11523 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11524 | | (comint-mode) |
11531 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11532 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11533 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11534 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11535 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11536 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11538 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11540 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11541 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11543 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11547 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11548 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17383
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11552 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11553 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11554 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11555 instead (which see).")
11557 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11558 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11560 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11561 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11562 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11563 documentation string instead.
11565 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11566 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11567 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11568 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11569 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11570 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11571 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11572 enders are actually possible.
11574 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11575 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11577 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11578 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11579 `font-lock-keywords'.
11581 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11582 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11583 runs the macro expansion.
11585 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11586 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11587 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11589 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11591 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11593 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11594 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11596 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11599 Enter generic mode MODE.
11601 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11602 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11603 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11605 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11606 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11610 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11611 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11612 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11613 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11614 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11615 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11616 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11617 `font-lock-keywords'.
11619 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11623 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11624 ;;;;;; (17420 36091))
11625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11627 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11628 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11629 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11630 at places they belong to.
11632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11636 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11637 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17521 64537))
11638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11640 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11641 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11643 Guideline for numbers:
11644 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11645 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11648 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11650 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11651 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11652 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11654 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11656 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11657 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11659 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11661 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11662 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11664 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11665 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11666 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11667 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11668 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11669 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11671 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11672 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11673 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11674 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11675 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11677 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11679 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11683 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11684 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17432 37362))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11687 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11688 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11692 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11694 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11695 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11696 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11697 name of an NNTP server to use.
11698 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11701 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11703 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11704 Read news as a slave.
11706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11708 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11709 Pop up a frame to read news.
11710 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11711 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11712 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11713 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11714 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11715 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11716 current display is used.
11718 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11720 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11722 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11723 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11724 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11726 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11730 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11731 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11732 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11733 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11734 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11735 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17578 34776))
11736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11738 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11739 Start Gnus unplugged.
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11744 Start Gnus plugged.
11748 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11749 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11753 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11756 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11757 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11758 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11760 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11761 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11762 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11766 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11767 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11771 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11772 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11773 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11774 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11775 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11778 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11780 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11781 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11782 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11783 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11784 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11787 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11789 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11790 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11794 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11796 downloaded into the agent.
11798 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11800 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11801 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11802 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11803 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11805 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11807 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11812 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11813 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11817 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11818 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11819 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11821 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11825 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11826 ;;;;;; (17578 34776))
11827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11829 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11830 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11836 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11837 ;;;;;; (17383 32155))
11838 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11840 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11841 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11847 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11848 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11849 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11853 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11854 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11857 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11861 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11862 Generate the cache active file.
11864 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11866 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11867 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11871 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11872 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11873 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11874 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11875 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11878 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11880 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11881 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11882 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11883 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11884 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11887 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11892 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 32155))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11895 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11896 Delay this article by some time.
11897 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11899 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11900 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11902 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11903 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11905 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11906 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11908 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11910 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11911 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11915 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11916 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11917 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11918 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11920 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11921 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11923 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11927 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11928 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17578 34776))
11929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11931 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11934 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11936 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11939 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11943 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11944 ;;;;;; (17383 32155))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11947 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11948 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11954 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11955 ;;;;;; (17420 36082))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11958 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11959 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11965 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11966 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11967 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11971 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11972 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11976 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11977 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11981 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11982 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11986 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11987 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11991 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11992 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11993 The PNG is returned as a string.
11995 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11998 Convert FILE to a Face.
11999 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12002 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12006 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12007 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17578 34776))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12010 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12011 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12012 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12014 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12016 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12017 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12019 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12024 ;;;;;; (17383 32156))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12027 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12029 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12030 Run batched scoring.
12031 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12038 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12039 ;;;;;; (17578 34776))
12040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12042 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12047 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12048 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12049 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12051 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12053 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12054 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12056 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12062 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12063 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12064 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12068 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12069 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12070 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12073 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12074 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12075 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12076 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12078 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12079 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12080 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12081 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12082 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12083 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12084 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12085 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12086 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12087 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12089 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12091 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12092 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12093 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12096 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12097 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12099 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12101 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12102 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12103 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12105 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12109 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12110 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12111 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12113 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12115 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12116 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12117 existing groups are considered.
12119 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12120 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12123 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12124 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12125 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12126 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12127 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12128 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12129 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12130 clauses will be generated.
12132 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12133 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12134 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12135 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12136 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12137 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12139 For example, given the following group parameters:
12142 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12143 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12145 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12146 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12147 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12148 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12150 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12152 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12154 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12156 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12157 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12160 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12164 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12165 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12168 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12169 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12170 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12172 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12177 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 32157))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12180 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12181 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12182 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12183 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12185 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12187 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12190 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12192 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12193 Like `message-reply'.
12195 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12197 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12202 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17432 37361))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12205 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12206 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12210 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12211 Load the NoCeM cache.
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12218 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12219 ;;;;;; (17383 32157))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12222 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12223 Display picons in the From header.
12224 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12228 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12229 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12230 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12234 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12235 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12236 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12243 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12244 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12245 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12246 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 32157))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12249 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12250 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12251 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12252 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12254 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12256 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12257 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12258 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12261 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12263 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12264 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12265 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12267 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12269 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12272 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12274 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12275 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12276 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12278 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12280 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12281 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12282 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12284 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12286 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12288 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12289 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12290 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12292 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12294 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12295 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12296 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12298 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12300 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12302 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12304 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12307 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12309 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12313 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12314 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17383 32157))
12315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12317 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12322 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12323 Install the registry hooks.
12329 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12330 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17484
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12334 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12335 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12336 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12337 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12338 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12339 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12343 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12344 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12345 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12346 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12347 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12359 ;;;;;; (17383 32158))
12360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12362 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12363 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12364 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12365 for matching on group names.
12367 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12368 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12370 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12372 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12378 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12379 ;;;;;; (17383 32158))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12382 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12383 Update the format specification near point.
12389 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12390 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17432
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12394 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12395 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12397 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12399 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12407 ;;;;;; (17383 32159))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12410 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12411 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12413 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12417 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17383 32182))
12418 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12420 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12421 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12423 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12424 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12425 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12427 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12428 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12429 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12431 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12432 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12434 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12435 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12437 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12439 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12443 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12444 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17582 28846))
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12447 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12449 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12450 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12451 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12452 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12453 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12455 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12457 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12458 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12459 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12461 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12462 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12464 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12465 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12468 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12473 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12474 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17590 36100))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12477 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12478 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12480 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12482 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12483 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12484 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12485 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12486 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12488 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12489 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12491 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12493 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12494 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12495 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12496 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12498 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12500 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12501 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12503 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12505 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12506 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12508 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12509 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12510 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12512 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12513 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12514 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12516 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12517 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12519 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12520 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12522 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12524 (defvar grep-history nil)
12526 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12528 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12529 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12530 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12534 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12539 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12540 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12544 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12545 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12546 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12547 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12548 where grep found matches.
12550 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12551 easily repeat a grep command.
12553 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12554 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12555 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12556 if that history list is empty).
12558 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12560 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12561 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12562 Collect output in a buffer.
12563 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12564 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12566 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12567 easily repeat a find command.
12569 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12571 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12573 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12574 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12575 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12576 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12577 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12579 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12580 before it is executed.
12581 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12583 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12584 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12585 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12587 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12589 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12591 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12592 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12593 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12594 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12595 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12597 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12598 before it is executed.
12599 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12601 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12602 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12603 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12605 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12607 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12611 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17383 32104))
12612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12614 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12615 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12616 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12617 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12618 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12620 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12624 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12625 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17578 34779))
12626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12628 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12629 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12630 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12631 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12632 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12633 `gdba' for more information.
12635 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12636 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12638 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12640 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12641 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12642 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12643 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12645 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12647 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12648 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12649 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12650 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12652 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12654 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12655 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12656 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12657 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12659 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12660 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12662 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12664 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12665 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12666 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12667 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12669 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12671 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12672 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12676 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12678 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12679 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12680 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12681 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12682 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12684 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12685 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12686 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12687 original source file access method.
12689 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12690 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12692 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12694 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12695 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12696 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12697 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12699 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12700 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12702 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12704 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12705 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12711 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17383
12713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12715 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12716 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12717 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12718 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12720 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12721 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12722 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12723 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12730 ;;;;;; (17590 36100))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12733 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12734 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12736 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12738 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12739 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12740 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12741 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12743 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12747 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12748 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12749 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12750 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12757 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12758 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12759 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12760 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17383 32104))
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12763 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12764 Return the help-echo string at point.
12765 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12766 property, or nil, is returned.
12767 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12768 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12769 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12771 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12773 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12774 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12775 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12776 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12777 this produces no string either, return nil.
12781 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12782 Display local help in the echo area.
12783 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12784 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12785 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12788 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12789 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12790 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12794 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12795 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12796 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12800 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12801 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12802 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12806 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12807 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12808 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12809 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12810 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12811 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12812 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12813 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12814 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12815 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12816 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12818 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12819 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12820 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12821 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12822 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12824 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12825 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12826 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12827 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12828 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12829 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12830 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12831 The default is `never'.")
12833 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12835 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12836 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12837 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12838 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12839 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12840 considered different regions.
12842 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12843 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12844 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12845 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12846 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12847 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12848 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12849 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12850 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12852 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12854 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12855 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12856 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12857 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12860 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12861 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12862 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12863 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12864 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12865 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12866 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12867 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12869 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12870 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12871 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12872 rarely happens in practice.
12874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12876 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12877 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12878 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12879 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12880 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12881 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12887 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12888 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12889 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12890 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17590 36098))
12891 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12893 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12894 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12895 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12896 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12897 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12898 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12902 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12903 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12905 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12907 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12908 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12909 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12911 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12913 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12914 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12916 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12918 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12921 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12923 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12924 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12925 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12926 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12928 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12930 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12931 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12932 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12933 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12934 it is displayed along with the global value.
12936 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12938 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12939 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12940 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12941 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12943 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12945 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12946 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12947 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12948 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12949 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12955 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12956 ;;;;;; (17383 32105))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12959 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12960 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12961 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12962 and window listing and describing the options.
12963 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12964 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12966 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12970 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12971 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12972 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17590 36098))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12975 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12976 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12977 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12983 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12988 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12993 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12994 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12996 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12997 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12998 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12999 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13001 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13002 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13003 restore it properly when going back.
13005 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13007 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13008 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13010 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13011 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13012 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13013 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13014 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13015 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13016 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13017 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13019 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13020 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13021 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13022 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13024 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13025 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13028 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13030 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13031 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13032 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13033 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13034 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13035 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13037 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13039 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13040 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13041 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13042 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13043 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13045 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13047 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13048 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13050 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13054 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13055 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17590 36099))
13056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13058 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13059 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13063 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13064 Provide help for current mode.
13070 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13071 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17585 4275))
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13074 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13075 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13076 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13077 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13078 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13080 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13081 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13083 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13084 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13085 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13086 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13088 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13089 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13092 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13097 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13098 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13099 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13100 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13101 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13102 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13103 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13104 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13105 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13106 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13107 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13108 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13109 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13110 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13111 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13113 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
13114 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13115 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13117 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13120 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13122 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13123 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13124 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13126 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13127 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13128 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13130 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13131 into the buffer at the current point.
13133 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13134 into the buffer at the current point.
13136 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13137 into the buffer at the current point.
13139 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13141 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13142 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13144 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13146 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13150 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13151 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13152 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13153 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13155 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13157 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13158 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13159 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13166 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13167 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13168 ;;;;;; (17383 32105))
13169 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13171 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13172 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13174 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13175 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13176 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13177 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13178 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13179 called interactively, are:
13181 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13182 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13184 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13185 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13186 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13187 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13189 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13190 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13192 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13193 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13195 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13196 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13197 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13198 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13199 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13200 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13202 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13203 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13205 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13206 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13208 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13209 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13210 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13211 Patterns will be read until
13213 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13217 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13218 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13219 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13221 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13223 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13225 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13226 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13227 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13228 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13229 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13233 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13235 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13236 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13238 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13239 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13240 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13241 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13243 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13245 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13247 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13248 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13250 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13251 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13252 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13253 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13255 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13257 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13259 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13260 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13262 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13263 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13265 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13267 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13269 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13270 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13272 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13273 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13274 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13275 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13276 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13278 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13280 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13281 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13283 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13284 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13285 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13291 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13292 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17521 64539))
13293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13295 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13296 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13297 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13298 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13299 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13300 how the hiding is done:
13303 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13304 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13307 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13308 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13309 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13310 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13311 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13314 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13315 #endif lines when hiding.
13317 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13318 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13321 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13322 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13323 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13325 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13329 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13330 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13332 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13334 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13335 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13337 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13339 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13340 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13342 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13346 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13347 ;;;;;; (17397 61568))
13348 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13350 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13351 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13352 Each element has the form
13353 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13355 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13356 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13358 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13359 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13361 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13362 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13363 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13364 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13365 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13366 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13368 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13369 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13371 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13372 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13374 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13375 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13376 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13378 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13379 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13380 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13381 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13382 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13383 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13385 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13386 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13387 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13389 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13390 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13392 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13395 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13401 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13402 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13403 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13404 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13405 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17397 61541))
13406 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13408 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13409 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13410 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13412 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13414 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13415 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13417 Without an argument:
13418 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13419 or passive state as determined by the variable
13420 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13423 With an argument ARG:
13424 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13425 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13426 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13428 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13429 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13430 not displayed in a different face.
13433 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13434 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13435 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13436 buffer with the contents of a file
13437 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13438 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13442 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13443 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13444 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13448 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13449 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13453 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13454 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13458 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13459 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13461 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13462 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13463 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13464 shown in the last face in the list.
13466 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13467 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13468 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13470 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13474 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13475 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13477 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13479 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13482 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13483 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13485 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13486 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13487 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13489 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13491 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13492 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13494 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13495 this function is called interactively.
13497 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13498 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13499 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13501 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13502 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13503 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13505 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13507 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13508 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13510 When called interactively:
13511 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13512 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13513 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13514 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13516 When called from a program:
13517 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13518 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13519 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13520 - otherwise just turn it on
13522 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13523 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13524 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13525 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13531 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13532 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13533 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13534 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13535 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17383 32106))
13536 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13538 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13539 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13540 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13541 or insert functions in this list.")
13543 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13545 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13546 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13548 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13550 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13551 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13553 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13555 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13556 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13558 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13560 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13561 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13563 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13565 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13566 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13567 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13569 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13571 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13572 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13573 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13576 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13578 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13579 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13580 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13581 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13582 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13584 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13586 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13587 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13588 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13589 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13590 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13592 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13593 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13594 undoes the expansion.
13598 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13599 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13600 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13601 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13603 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13608 ;;;;;; (17365 2729))
13609 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13611 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13612 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13613 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13615 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13616 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13617 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13618 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13619 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13621 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13622 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13623 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13624 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13628 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13629 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13630 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13632 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13634 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13636 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13637 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13638 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13640 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13641 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13647 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13648 ;;;;;; (17432 37359))
13649 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13651 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13652 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13653 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13655 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13659 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13660 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13662 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13663 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13664 different list. For example,
13666 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13667 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13669 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13670 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13672 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13673 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13674 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13675 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13678 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13680 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13684 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13685 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17383 32179))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13688 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13689 This function is obsolete.
13690 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13691 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13695 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13696 This function is obsolete.
13697 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13698 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13702 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13703 This function is obsolete.
13704 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13705 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17397
13713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13715 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13716 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13722 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13723 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13724 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13725 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13726 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13727 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13728 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13729 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13730 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13731 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13732 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13733 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13734 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13735 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13736 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13737 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13738 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13739 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13740 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13741 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13742 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13743 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13744 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17457 37498))
13745 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13747 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13748 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13749 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13753 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13754 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13756 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13758 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13759 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13761 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13763 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13764 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13766 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13768 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13769 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13773 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13774 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13776 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13778 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13779 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13781 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13782 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13783 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13784 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13785 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13786 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13787 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13788 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13789 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13790 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13791 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13792 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13794 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13797 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13804 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13805 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13809 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13810 Remove the first filter group.
13814 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13815 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13817 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13819 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13820 Remove all filter groups.
13824 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13825 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13829 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13830 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13831 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13835 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13836 Kill the filter group at point.
13837 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13839 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13841 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13842 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13846 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13847 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13851 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13852 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13853 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13854 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13856 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13859 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13860 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13864 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13865 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13866 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13867 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13868 of replacing the current filters.
13872 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13877 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13878 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13882 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13883 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13885 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13886 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13887 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13891 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13892 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13896 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13897 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13901 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13902 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13903 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13906 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13910 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13912 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13926 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13927 of replacing the current filters.
13930 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13931 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13933 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13934 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13935 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13936 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13937 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13941 Default sorting modes are:
13942 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13943 Name - the name of the buffer
13944 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13945 Size - the size of the buffer
13949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13959 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13963 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13964 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13965 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13966 for this Ibuffer session.
13968 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13972 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13973 for this Ibuffer session.
13975 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13977 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13978 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13980 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13981 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13983 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13984 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13986 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13988 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13989 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13991 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13992 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13994 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14004 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14005 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14006 hidden group filter, open it.
14008 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14009 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14010 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14014 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14015 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14016 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14023 The names are separated by a space.
14024 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14026 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14027 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14028 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14029 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14031 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14038 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14040 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14043 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14045 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14048 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14050 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14051 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14055 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14056 Mark all modified buffers.
14060 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14061 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14065 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14075 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14085 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14090 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Mark all read-only buffers.
14095 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14102 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14105 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14109 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14110 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17457
14112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14114 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14115 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14117 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14118 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14119 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14121 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14122 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14123 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14124 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14125 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14126 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14128 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14129 title of the column.
14131 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14132 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14133 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14134 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14135 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14137 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14139 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14140 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14141 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14142 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14143 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14145 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14146 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14147 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14149 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14151 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14152 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14153 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14154 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14155 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14156 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14158 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14159 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14160 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14161 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14162 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14163 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14164 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14165 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14167 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14168 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14169 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14170 buffer's modification flag.
14171 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14172 prompted before performing this operation.
14173 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14174 operation is complete, in the form:
14175 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14176 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14177 confirmation message, in the form:
14178 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14179 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14180 macro for exactly what it does.
14182 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14184 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14185 Define a filter named NAME.
14186 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14187 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14188 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14190 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14191 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14192 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14193 bound to the current value of the filter.
14195 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14199 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14200 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17578 34772))
14201 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14203 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14204 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14205 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14206 buffers which are visiting a file.
14208 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14211 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14212 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14213 buffers which are visiting a file.
14215 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14217 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14218 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14219 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14221 All arguments are optional.
14222 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14223 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14224 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14225 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14226 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14227 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14228 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14229 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14230 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14231 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14232 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14233 that value locally in this buffer.
14235 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14239 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14240 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14241 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17397 61548))
14242 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14244 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14245 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14246 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14247 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14249 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14251 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14252 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14253 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14254 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14256 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14257 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14258 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14260 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14262 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14263 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14264 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14265 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14266 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14267 non-marking or not.
14269 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14271 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14272 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14274 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14275 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14278 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14279 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14280 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14282 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14285 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14286 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14287 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14289 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14293 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17401
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14297 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14298 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14299 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14301 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14303 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14305 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14306 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14307 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14313 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17397 61568))
14314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14316 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14317 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14318 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14319 Tab indents for Icon code.
14320 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14321 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14323 Variables controlling indentation style:
14324 icon-tab-always-indent
14325 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14326 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14328 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14329 inserted in Icon code.
14331 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14332 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14333 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14334 icon-continued-statement-offset
14335 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14336 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14337 icon-continued-brace-offset
14338 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14339 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14341 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14342 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14343 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14344 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14346 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14347 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14353 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14354 ;;;;;; (17515 39529))
14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14357 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14358 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14359 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14360 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14362 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14363 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14366 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14367 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14369 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14370 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14371 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14373 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14375 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14379 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14380 ;;;;;; (17515 39529))
14381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14383 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14384 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14386 The main features of this mode are
14388 1. Indentation and Formatting
14389 --------------------------
14390 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14391 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14393 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14394 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14395 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14396 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14398 Comments are indented as follows:
14400 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14401 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14402 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14404 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14406 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14407 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14408 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14409 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14410 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14411 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14413 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14414 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14415 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14416 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14420 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14421 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14422 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14423 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14424 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14425 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14426 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14427 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14428 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14429 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14434 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14435 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14436 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14437 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14441 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14442 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14443 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14444 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14445 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14448 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14449 --------------------------------
14450 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14451 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14453 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14454 \\fu FUNCTION template
14455 \\c CASE statement template
14456 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14457 \\f FOR loop template
14458 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14459 \\w WHILE loop template
14460 \\i IF statement template
14461 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14464 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14465 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14467 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14468 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14469 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14470 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14472 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14473 -------------------------
14474 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14475 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14477 7. Automatic END completion
14478 ------------------------
14479 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14480 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14484 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14485 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14487 9. Documentation and Customization
14488 -------------------------------
14489 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14490 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14491 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14492 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14493 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14497 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14498 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14499 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14501 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14504 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14508 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14509 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14510 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14511 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14512 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14513 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14514 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14515 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17590
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14519 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14520 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14521 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14522 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14524 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14525 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14526 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14529 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14531 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14533 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14534 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14535 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14536 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14537 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14538 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14539 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14540 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14541 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14545 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14546 Switch to another buffer.
14547 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14548 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14551 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14552 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14553 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14554 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14555 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14557 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14558 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14560 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14561 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14563 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14564 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14565 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14566 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14567 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14568 in a separate window.
14569 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14570 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14571 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14572 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14573 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14574 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14575 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14576 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14577 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14581 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14582 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14583 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14584 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14588 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14589 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14590 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14591 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14595 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14597 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14598 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14602 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14603 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14604 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14605 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14609 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14610 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14611 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14612 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14616 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14617 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14621 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14622 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14623 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14624 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14625 visible in another frame.
14627 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14628 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14629 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14630 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14631 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14632 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14634 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14635 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14637 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14638 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14640 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14641 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14642 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14643 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14644 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14645 in a separate window.
14646 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14647 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14648 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14649 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14650 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14651 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14652 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14653 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14654 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14655 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14656 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14657 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14658 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14659 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14660 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14664 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14665 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14666 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14667 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14671 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14672 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14673 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14674 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14678 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14679 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14680 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14681 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14685 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14686 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14687 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14688 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14692 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14693 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14694 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14695 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14699 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14700 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14701 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14706 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14708 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14713 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14714 Write current buffer to a file.
14715 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14720 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14721 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14722 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14727 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14728 Call dired the ido way.
14729 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14734 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14735 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14736 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14737 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14738 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14739 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14741 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14743 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14744 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14745 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14746 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14748 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14750 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14751 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14752 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14753 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14755 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14757 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14758 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14759 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14760 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14761 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14762 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14763 with `completing-read'.
14764 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14765 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14766 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14767 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14768 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14769 with point positioned at the end.
14770 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14771 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14773 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14777 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17383 32107))
14778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14779 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14781 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14782 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14783 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14789 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14790 ;;;;;; (17383 32107))
14791 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14793 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14794 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14798 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14799 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14805 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14806 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14807 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14808 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14809 ;;;;;; (17484 52424))
14810 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14812 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14813 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14814 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14817 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14819 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14820 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14821 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14826 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14827 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14828 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14831 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14833 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14834 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14835 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14838 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14840 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14841 Determine and return image type.
14842 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14843 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14844 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14845 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14846 use its file extension as image type.
14847 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14849 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14851 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14852 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14853 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14855 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14857 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14859 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14860 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14861 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14862 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14863 use its file extension as image type.
14864 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14865 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14866 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14867 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14869 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14871 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14873 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14874 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14875 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14876 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14877 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14878 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14879 POS may be an integer or marker.
14880 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14881 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14882 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14883 means display it in the right marginal area.
14885 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14887 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14888 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14889 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14890 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14891 defaulted if you omit it.
14892 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14893 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14894 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14895 means display it in the right marginal area.
14896 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14897 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14898 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14899 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14900 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14902 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14904 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14905 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14906 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14907 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14908 defaulted if you omit it.
14909 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14910 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14911 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14912 means display it in the right marginal area.
14913 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14915 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14917 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14918 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14919 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14920 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14922 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14924 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14925 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14927 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14929 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14930 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14931 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14932 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14933 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14934 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14935 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14936 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14939 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14941 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14943 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14946 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14948 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14949 documentation string.
14951 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14952 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14953 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14954 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14955 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14956 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14957 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14962 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14963 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14965 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14969 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14970 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14971 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17383 32107))
14972 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14974 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14975 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14976 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14977 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14979 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14980 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14981 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14982 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14984 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14986 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14987 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14988 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14989 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14991 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14992 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14993 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14994 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14996 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14998 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14999 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15003 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15004 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15005 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15006 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15008 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15010 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15011 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15012 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15014 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15016 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
15018 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15019 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15020 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15021 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15023 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15024 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15025 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15031 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15032 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17578 34772))
15033 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15034 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15035 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15036 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15037 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15038 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15039 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15041 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15042 Major mode for image files.
15043 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15044 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15048 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15049 Toggle Image minor mode.
15050 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15051 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15055 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15056 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15057 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15058 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15059 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15060 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15062 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15063 information on these modes.
15069 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15070 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17585 4275))
15071 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15073 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15074 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15076 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15078 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15079 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15082 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15084 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15085 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15086 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15088 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
15090 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15091 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15093 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15094 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15095 pattern's structure.
15097 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15098 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15099 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15102 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15104 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15105 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15107 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15108 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15109 called within a `save-excursion'.
15111 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15113 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15115 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15116 Function for finding the next index position.
15118 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15119 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15120 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15123 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15124 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15126 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15128 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15129 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15131 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15132 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15133 It should return the name for that index item.")
15135 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15137 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15138 Function to compare string with index item.
15140 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15141 non-nil if they match.
15143 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15144 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15145 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15146 arguments match\".")
15148 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15150 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15151 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15152 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15154 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15156 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15158 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15160 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15161 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15162 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15163 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15167 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15168 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15170 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15174 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15175 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15176 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15177 for more information.
15179 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15183 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15184 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15185 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17346 38886))
15186 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15188 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15189 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15191 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15193 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15196 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15198 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15201 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15203 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15206 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15208 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15209 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15210 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15211 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15212 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15214 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15216 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15217 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15218 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15219 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15220 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15222 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15226 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15227 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15228 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17578 34779))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15231 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15232 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15233 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15234 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15235 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15237 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15239 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15240 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15242 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15244 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15245 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15246 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15247 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15248 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15249 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15250 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15251 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15253 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15255 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15256 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15257 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15258 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15259 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15261 This variable is only used if the variable
15262 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15264 More precise choices:
15265 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15266 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15269 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15271 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15273 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15274 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15276 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15277 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15278 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15280 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15281 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15282 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15286 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15288 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15292 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15293 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15294 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15295 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17590 36099))
15296 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15298 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15299 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15301 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15302 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15303 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15305 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15306 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15307 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15308 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15309 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15310 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15311 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15312 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15313 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15314 with the top-level Info directory.
15316 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15317 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15318 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15319 appended to the Info buffer name.
15321 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15322 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15323 in all the directories in that path.
15325 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15327 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15328 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15332 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15333 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15334 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15335 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15339 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15340 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15341 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15342 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15344 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15346 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15347 Go to the Info directory node.
15351 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15352 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15353 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15354 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15355 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15356 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15358 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15360 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15361 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15362 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15364 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15366 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15367 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15368 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15369 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15370 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15372 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15373 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15375 Selecting other nodes:
15376 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15377 Follow a node reference you click on.
15378 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15379 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15380 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15381 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15382 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15383 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15384 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15385 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15386 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15387 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15388 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15389 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15390 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15391 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15392 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15393 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15394 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15395 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15396 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15397 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15399 Moving within a node:
15400 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15401 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15402 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15403 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15404 move up to the parent node.
15405 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15406 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15408 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15411 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15412 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15413 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15414 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15415 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15416 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15417 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15418 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15419 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15420 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15421 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15422 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15423 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15424 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15425 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15426 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15429 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15431 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15432 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15433 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15434 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15435 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15436 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15438 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15439 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15441 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15442 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15444 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15445 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15446 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15447 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15451 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15452 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15453 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15459 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15460 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15461 ;;;;;; (17383 32108))
15462 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15464 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15465 Throw away all cached data.
15466 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15467 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15471 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15473 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15474 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15475 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15476 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15477 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15478 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15480 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15482 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15483 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15485 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15486 Display the documentation of a file.
15487 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15488 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15489 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15490 The default file name is the one found at point.
15492 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15494 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15496 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15497 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15499 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15501 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15502 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15504 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15508 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15509 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17521 64536))
15510 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15512 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15513 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15515 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15517 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15518 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15519 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15523 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15524 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15525 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15527 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15528 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15535 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15536 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17383 32108))
15537 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15539 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15540 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15542 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15544 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15545 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15546 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15548 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15549 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15550 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15552 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15553 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15554 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15555 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15559 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15560 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15561 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15565 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15566 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15567 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15568 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15569 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15575 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15576 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15577 ;;;;;; (17116 6720))
15578 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15580 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15581 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15585 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15586 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15590 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15593 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15597 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17383
15599 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15601 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15602 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15603 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15604 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15605 accessed via isearchb.
15611 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15612 ;;;;;; (17383 32179))
15613 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15615 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15616 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15617 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15618 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15619 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15620 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15622 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15623 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15625 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15626 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15627 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15628 \"s gives German sharp s.
15629 /a gives a with ring.
15630 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15631 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15632 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15633 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15635 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15636 and a negative argument disables it.
15638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15642 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15643 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15644 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15645 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17097 33520))
15646 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15648 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15649 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15650 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15651 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15653 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15655 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15656 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15657 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15658 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15660 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15662 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15663 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15664 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15665 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15667 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15669 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15670 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15671 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15672 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15674 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15676 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15677 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15678 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15679 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15681 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15683 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15684 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15685 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15686 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15688 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15690 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15691 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15692 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15693 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15695 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15697 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15698 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15699 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15700 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15702 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15704 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15705 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15706 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15707 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15709 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15711 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15712 Warn that format is read-only.
15716 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15717 Warn that format is write-only.
15721 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15722 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15729 ;;;;;; (17097 33521))
15730 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15731 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15732 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15733 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15737 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15738 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15739 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15740 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15741 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15742 ;;;;;; (17578 34779))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15744 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15746 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15747 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15748 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15749 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15751 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15752 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15754 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15755 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15756 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15758 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15759 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15762 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15764 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15766 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15768 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15770 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15772 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15774 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15776 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15777 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15779 Each element of this list is also a list:
15781 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15782 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15784 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15785 nil means the default dictionary.
15787 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15790 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15792 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15793 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15794 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15795 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15796 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15797 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15798 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15799 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15800 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15802 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15803 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15804 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15805 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15806 for non-ASCII bytes.
15808 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15809 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15812 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15815 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15816 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15817 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15818 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15819 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15820 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15821 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15822 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15824 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15826 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15827 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15828 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15830 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15831 Key map for ispell menu.")
15833 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15834 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15835 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15836 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15838 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15840 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15842 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15844 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15846 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15847 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15848 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15849 Valid forms include:
15850 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15851 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15852 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15853 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15855 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15856 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15857 First list is used raw.
15858 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15860 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15861 for skipping in latex mode.")
15863 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15864 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15865 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15866 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15867 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15868 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15870 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15871 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15872 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15873 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15875 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15876 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15877 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15878 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15879 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15881 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15882 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15884 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15885 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15887 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15888 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15891 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15892 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15893 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15894 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15895 quit spell session exited.
15897 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15899 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15900 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15901 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15903 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15905 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15906 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15910 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15911 SPC: Accept word this time.
15912 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15913 `a': Accept word for this session.
15914 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15915 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15916 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15917 `?': Show these commands.
15918 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15919 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15920 the aborted check to be completed later.
15921 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15922 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15923 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15924 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15925 `C-l': redraws screen
15926 `C-r': recursive edit
15927 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15931 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15932 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15933 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15935 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15937 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15938 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15939 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15940 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15942 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15944 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15946 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15947 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15948 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15949 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15951 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15953 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15954 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15958 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15959 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15963 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15964 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15968 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15969 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15970 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15971 sequence inside of a word.
15973 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15975 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15977 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15978 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15982 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15983 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15984 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15985 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15987 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15988 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15989 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15990 available on the net.
15994 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15995 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15996 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15998 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15999 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16001 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16002 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16006 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16007 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16008 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16009 Don't check included messages.
16011 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16012 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16013 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16015 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16016 in your .emacs file:
16017 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16018 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16019 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16020 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16022 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16023 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16024 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16030 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17438
16032 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16034 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16035 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16036 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16038 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16040 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16042 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16043 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16044 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16045 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16046 `iswitchb' for details.
16048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16052 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16053 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16054 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16055 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17097 33526))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16058 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16063 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16064 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16065 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16066 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16067 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16068 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16069 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16070 necessary to represent OBJ.
16072 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16074 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16075 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16076 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16077 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16079 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16081 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16082 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16083 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16084 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16085 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16087 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16089 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16090 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16091 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16092 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16094 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16096 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16097 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16098 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16099 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16101 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16103 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16104 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16106 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16108 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16109 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16110 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16111 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16112 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16114 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16116 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16117 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16118 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16119 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16120 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16122 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16124 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16125 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16126 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16128 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16132 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16133 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17420 36078))
16134 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16136 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16137 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16138 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16139 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16141 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16144 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16146 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16147 Uninstall jka-compr.
16148 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16149 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16150 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16156 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16157 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16158 ;;;;;; (17383 32143))
16159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16161 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16162 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16163 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16164 decimal key must be specified.")
16166 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16168 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16169 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16170 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16171 decimal key must be specified.")
16173 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16175 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16176 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16177 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16178 decimal key must be specified.")
16180 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16182 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16183 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16184 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16185 decimal key must be specified.")
16187 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16189 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16190 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16191 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16192 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16193 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16197 -------------------------------------------------------------
16198 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16199 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16200 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16201 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16202 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16203 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16204 in the global and local keymaps.
16206 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16207 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16209 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16213 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16214 ;;;;;; (17301 45595))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16217 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16218 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16219 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16221 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16222 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16223 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16224 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16227 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16228 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16229 the context of text formatting.
16231 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16235 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17097
16237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16239 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16240 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16241 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16242 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16243 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16244 positions that contains the current selection.")
16246 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16247 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16248 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16249 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16250 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16251 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16252 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16254 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16258 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16259 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16260 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16261 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17503 24306))
16262 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16263 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16264 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16265 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16266 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16267 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16268 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16269 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16271 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16272 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16273 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16274 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16275 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16277 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16279 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16280 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16281 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16283 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16284 defining the macro.
16286 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16287 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16288 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16290 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16291 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16295 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16296 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16297 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16298 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16299 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16302 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16303 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16304 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16308 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16309 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16310 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16312 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16313 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16314 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16315 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16317 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16318 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16320 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16322 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16323 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16324 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16326 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16329 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16330 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16332 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16333 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16334 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16336 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16337 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16341 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16342 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16343 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16344 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16346 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16348 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16349 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16350 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16351 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16353 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16354 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16356 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16358 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16359 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16360 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16362 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16366 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16367 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16368 ;;;;;; (17097 33526))
16369 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16371 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16373 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16376 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16378 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16381 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16383 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16386 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16390 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16391 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17097 33526))
16392 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16394 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16395 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16396 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16398 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16406 ;;;;;; (17582 28846))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16409 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16411 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16412 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16416 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16418 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16419 Start or resume an Lm game.
16420 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16421 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16423 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16424 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16425 none / 1 | yes | no
16430 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16431 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16432 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16438 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16439 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16440 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17097
16442 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16444 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16447 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16449 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16450 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16451 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16452 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16453 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16454 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16456 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16457 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16459 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16461 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16462 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16464 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16466 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16469 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16471 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16472 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16473 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16474 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16477 The return value is number of composed characters.
16479 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16481 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16484 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16488 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16489 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16490 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17383 32167))
16491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16493 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16494 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16495 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16496 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16498 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16500 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16501 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16502 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16504 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16506 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16507 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16508 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16512 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16513 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16514 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16515 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16517 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16521 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16522 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17097 33522))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16525 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16526 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16527 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16528 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16529 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16530 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16531 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16532 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16534 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16535 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16538 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16540 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16542 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16543 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16544 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16545 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16546 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16547 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16548 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16549 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16551 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16553 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16554 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16555 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16556 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16559 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16561 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16565 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16566 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 32179))
16567 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16569 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16570 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16571 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16572 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16574 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16576 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16577 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16580 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16582 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16583 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16584 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16585 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16586 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16589 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16590 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16591 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16592 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16593 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16595 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16596 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16597 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16598 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16599 slow to keep up with your typing.
16601 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16602 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16603 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16604 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16605 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16606 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16608 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16609 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16610 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16611 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16613 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16614 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16615 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16616 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16618 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16619 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16620 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16621 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16622 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16626 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16627 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16633 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16634 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
16635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16637 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16639 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16641 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16642 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16648 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16649 ;;;;;; (17383 32110))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16652 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16653 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16655 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16656 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16658 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16659 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16661 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16662 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16663 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16664 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16665 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16666 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16667 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16668 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16669 and transmit saved text.
16671 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16672 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16676 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16683 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17383 32182))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16686 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16687 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16688 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16689 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16690 generations (this defaults to 1).
16692 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16696 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17484
16698 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16700 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16701 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16702 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16703 is nil, raise an error.
16705 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16706 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16707 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16708 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16709 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16710 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16711 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16712 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16713 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16715 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16719 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16720 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17578 34772))
16721 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16723 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16724 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16725 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16727 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16729 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16730 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16731 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16732 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16734 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16735 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16736 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16737 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16738 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16739 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16742 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16743 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16745 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16746 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16748 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16750 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16751 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16752 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16753 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16754 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16755 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16756 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16757 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16758 to constrain a big search.
16760 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16761 except that FILTER is not optional.
16763 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16767 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17494 22059))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16770 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16771 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16772 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16773 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16774 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16775 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16776 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16777 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16778 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16779 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16780 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16781 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16782 uses the current buffer.
16784 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16788 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17494
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16792 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16793 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16799 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17590
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16803 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16804 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16805 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16806 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16807 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16809 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16810 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16811 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16813 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16814 are indicated with a symbol.
16816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16820 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16821 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17383
16823 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16825 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16827 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16829 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16830 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16831 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16833 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16834 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16836 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16837 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16838 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16839 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16840 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16841 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16842 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16844 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16846 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16847 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16848 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16849 switch on this list.
16850 See `lpr-command'.")
16852 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16854 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16855 *Name of program for printing a file.
16857 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16858 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16859 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16860 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16861 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16862 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16865 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16867 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16868 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16869 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16870 for customization of the printer command.
16874 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16875 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16877 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16878 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16879 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16880 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16882 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16883 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16885 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16886 for further customization of the printer command.
16890 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16891 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16892 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16893 for customization of the printer command.
16895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16897 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16898 Paginate and print the region contents.
16900 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16901 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16902 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16903 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16905 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16906 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16908 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16909 for further customization of the printer command.
16911 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16915 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16916 ;;;;;; (17383 32111))
16917 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16919 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16920 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16921 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16923 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17397
16929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16931 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16932 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16933 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16935 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16941 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17397
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16945 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16946 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16953 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16954 ;;;;;; (17383 32140))
16955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16957 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16958 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16959 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16960 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16961 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16963 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16967 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16968 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17383 32112))
16969 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16971 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16972 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16973 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16974 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16975 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16977 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16979 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16980 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16981 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16982 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16984 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16985 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16986 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16987 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16990 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16991 use this command, and then save the file.
16993 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16995 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16996 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16997 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16998 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16999 each time the macro executes.
17000 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17001 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17002 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17003 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17004 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17005 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17006 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17010 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17011 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17012 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17013 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17015 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17016 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17017 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17020 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17021 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17023 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17024 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17025 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17026 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17027 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17029 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17032 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17033 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17034 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17036 You could enter the names in this format:
17042 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17045 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17048 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17049 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17051 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17052 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17056 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17057 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17383 32168))
17058 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17060 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17061 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17062 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17063 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17064 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17065 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17067 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17068 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17069 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17070 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17071 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17073 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17074 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17075 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17078 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17080 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17081 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17083 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17088 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17089 ;;;;;; (17383 32168))
17090 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17092 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17093 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17097 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17102 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17103 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17105 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
17107 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17108 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17109 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17112 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17118 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17119 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17120 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17383
17122 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17124 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17125 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17126 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17127 often correct parser.")
17129 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17131 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17134 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17136 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17137 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17138 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17139 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17141 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17143 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17144 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17145 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17146 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17148 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17150 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17151 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17152 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17153 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17154 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17155 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17156 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17159 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17161 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17162 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17163 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17164 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17165 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17166 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17168 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17172 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17173 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17383 32168))
17174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17176 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17177 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17181 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17182 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17183 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17185 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17187 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17188 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17189 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17191 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17195 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17196 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17383
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17200 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17201 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17202 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17204 If `parens', they look like:
17205 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17206 If `angles', they look like:
17207 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17209 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
17211 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17212 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17213 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17214 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17215 their `Resent-' variants.
17217 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17218 removed from alias expansions.
17220 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17222 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17223 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17224 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17226 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17227 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17228 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17229 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17231 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17233 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17234 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17235 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17236 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17242 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17243 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
17244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17246 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17247 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17248 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17249 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17255 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17256 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17257 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17578 34779))
17258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17260 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17261 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17263 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17264 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17265 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17266 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17267 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17268 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17270 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17271 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17272 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17273 dependency, despite the colon.
17275 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17277 In the browser, use the following keys:
17279 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17281 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17283 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17284 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17286 `makefile-target-colon':
17287 The string that gets appended to all target names
17288 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17289 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17291 `makefile-macro-assign':
17292 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17293 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17294 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17295 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17296 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17297 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17299 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17300 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17301 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17303 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17304 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17306 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17307 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17308 up or down in the browser.
17310 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17311 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17313 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17314 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17316 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17317 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17318 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17319 has been selected in the browser.
17321 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17322 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17323 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17324 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17325 filenames are omitted.
17327 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17328 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17329 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17330 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17331 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17332 the backslash itself intact.
17333 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17334 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17336 `makefile-browser-hook':
17337 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17338 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17340 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17341 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17342 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17343 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17347 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17348 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17352 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17353 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17357 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17358 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17362 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17363 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17367 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17368 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17374 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17383
17376 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17378 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17379 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17380 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17386 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17466 42706))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17389 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17391 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17392 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17393 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17394 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17395 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17396 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17397 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17399 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17400 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17401 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17402 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17404 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17406 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17407 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17409 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17413 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17161 57259))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17416 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17417 Toggle Master mode.
17418 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17419 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17420 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17422 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17423 following commands:
17425 \\{master-mode-map}
17427 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17428 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17429 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17435 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17578
17437 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17439 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17441 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17442 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17443 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17445 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17447 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17449 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17450 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17451 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17452 created in the future.
17453 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17454 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17461 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17462 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17463 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17464 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17465 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17466 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17467 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17468 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17469 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17470 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17578 34776))
17471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17473 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17474 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17476 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17478 If `parens', they look like:
17479 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17480 If `angles', they look like:
17481 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17483 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17484 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17486 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17488 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17489 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17491 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17493 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17494 *Local news organization file.")
17496 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17498 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17499 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17500 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17501 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17503 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17504 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17505 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17507 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17509 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17511 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17512 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17514 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17515 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17516 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17517 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17519 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17521 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17522 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17523 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17524 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17526 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17528 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17529 *Function for citing an original message.
17530 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17531 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17532 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17534 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17536 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17537 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17538 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17539 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17540 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17542 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17544 (defvar message-signature t "\
17545 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17546 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17547 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17548 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17550 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17552 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17553 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17554 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17555 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17557 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17559 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17560 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17562 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17564 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17566 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17567 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17568 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17569 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17570 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17571 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17572 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17573 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17574 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17575 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17576 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17577 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17578 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17579 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17580 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17581 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17582 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17583 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17584 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17585 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17586 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17587 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17588 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17589 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17590 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17591 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17592 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17593 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17594 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17595 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17596 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17597 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17598 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17599 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17600 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17601 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17602 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17606 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17607 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17608 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17610 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17612 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17613 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17615 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17617 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17618 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17620 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17622 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17623 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17625 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17627 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17628 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17629 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17631 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17633 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17634 Cancel an article you posted.
17635 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17639 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17640 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17641 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17642 header line with the old Message-ID.
17646 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17647 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17651 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17652 Forward the current message via mail.
17653 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17654 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17656 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17658 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17661 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17663 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17666 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17668 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17669 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17673 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17674 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17676 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17678 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17679 Re-mail the current message.
17680 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17681 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17686 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17687 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17689 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17691 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17692 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17694 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17696 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17697 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17699 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17701 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17702 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17704 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17706 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17707 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17708 Works by overstriking characters.
17709 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17710 which specify the range to operate on.
17712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17714 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17715 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17716 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17717 which specify the range to operate on.
17719 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17723 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17724 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
17725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17727 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17728 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17732 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17733 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17737 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17738 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17742 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17743 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17749 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17750 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17751 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
17752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17754 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17755 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17756 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17760 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17761 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17762 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17763 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17764 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17765 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17766 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17768 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17770 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17771 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17772 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17773 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17774 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17776 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17777 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17779 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17781 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17782 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17783 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17784 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17785 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17787 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17788 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17790 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17794 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17795 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17796 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17578 34777))
17797 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17799 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17800 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17801 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17805 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17806 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17807 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17811 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17812 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17814 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17815 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17816 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17818 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17819 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17821 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17822 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17824 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17826 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17828 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17829 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17830 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17831 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17832 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17835 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17836 initial Subject field, respectively.
17838 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17839 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17842 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17845 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17847 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17848 Save draft and send message.
17850 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17851 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17852 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17855 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17856 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17857 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17859 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17860 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17861 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17862 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17863 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17864 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17866 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17867 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17871 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17872 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17874 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17875 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17876 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17877 delete the draft message.
17883 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17578 34777))
17884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17886 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17888 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17890 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17892 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17893 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17899 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17900 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17484 52433))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17903 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17904 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17905 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17907 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17908 the MH mail system.
17910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17912 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17913 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17914 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17916 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17917 the MH mail system.
17919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17921 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17922 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17924 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17925 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17926 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17929 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17930 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17931 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17934 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17938 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17939 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17940 can be used in several ways.
17942 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17943 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17944 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17945 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17949 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17950 The range must be nonempty.
17955 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17956 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17963 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17966 All of the messages.
17968 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17969 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17971 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17972 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17973 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17975 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17981 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17982 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17420 36079))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17985 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17986 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17987 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17988 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17989 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17990 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17991 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17992 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17993 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17994 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17995 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17999 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18000 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18001 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18002 to its second argument TM.
18004 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18008 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18009 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17383 32112))
18010 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18012 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18013 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18014 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18015 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18016 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18018 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18020 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18021 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18022 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18023 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18024 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18025 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18026 default indication.
18028 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18029 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18035 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18036 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
18037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18039 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18040 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18045 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18049 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18050 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18051 ;;;;;; (17346 38886))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18054 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18059 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18062 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18064 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18065 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18066 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18069 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18073 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18074 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17484 52431))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18077 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18078 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18080 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18082 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18083 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18084 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18085 the entire message.
18086 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18088 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18092 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18093 ;;;;;; (17383 32161))
18094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18096 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18097 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18098 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18099 the entire message.
18100 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18102 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18106 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18107 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17383 32161))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18110 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18111 Insert file contents of URL.
18112 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18114 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18116 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18117 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18119 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18123 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18124 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17498 30595))
18125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18127 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18128 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18129 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18130 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18131 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18133 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18135 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18136 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18137 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18139 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18143 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18144 ;;;;;; (17494 22066))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18147 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18150 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18152 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18155 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18159 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18160 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18161 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17498 30595))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18164 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18167 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18169 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18172 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18174 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18177 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18179 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18182 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18184 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18187 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18189 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18192 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18194 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18202 ;;;;;; (17281 61308))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18205 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18206 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18207 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18208 followed by the first character of the construct.
18210 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18211 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18212 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18213 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18214 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18215 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18216 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18217 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18218 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18219 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18220 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18221 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18222 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18225 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18226 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18227 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18234 ;;;;;; (17383 32182))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18237 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18238 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18240 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18242 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18243 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18245 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18249 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17383
18251 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18253 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18254 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18255 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18257 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18259 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18261 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18262 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18263 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18264 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18266 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18268 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18270 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18272 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18273 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18274 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18275 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18276 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18277 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18279 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18280 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18281 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18282 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18283 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18285 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18286 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18288 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18289 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18291 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18293 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18294 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18295 primary selection and region.
18297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17383 32183))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18304 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18305 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18311 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17578 34773))
18312 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18314 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18315 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18316 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18317 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18318 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18320 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18322 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18324 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18325 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18326 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18332 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18333 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18334 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18335 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18336 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18337 ;;;;;; (17210 47738))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18340 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18341 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18342 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18343 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18344 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18345 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18346 set of ISO charsets.
18348 Each element has the following format:
18349 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18351 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18353 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18354 CHARSET are mapped.
18356 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18357 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18358 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18359 character code in CHARSET.
18361 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18362 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18363 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18365 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18366 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18368 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18369 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18371 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18372 Display a list of all character sets.
18374 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18375 internal Emacs use.
18377 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18378 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18379 hexadecimal digits.
18380 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18381 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18383 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18384 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18385 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18386 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18388 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18389 but still shows the full information.
18393 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18394 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18395 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18396 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18397 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18399 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18400 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18401 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18402 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18403 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18405 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18407 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18408 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18409 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18410 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18411 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18413 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18415 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18416 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18418 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18420 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18421 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18423 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18425 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18426 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18428 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18429 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18431 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18432 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18433 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18434 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18435 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18436 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18437 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18438 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18439 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18440 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18441 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18442 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18443 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18444 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18445 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18446 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18450 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18451 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18455 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18456 Display a list of all coding systems.
18457 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18459 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18460 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18464 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18465 Display a list of all coding categories.
18469 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18470 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18472 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18474 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18475 Display information about FONTSET.
18476 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18478 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18480 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18481 Display a list of all fontsets.
18482 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18483 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18484 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18488 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18489 Display information about all input methods.
18493 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18494 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18496 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18497 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18498 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18499 system which uses fontsets).
18505 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18506 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18507 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18508 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18509 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18510 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17097 33522))
18511 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18513 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18514 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18515 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18517 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18519 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18521 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18522 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18524 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18525 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18527 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18528 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18530 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18532 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18533 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18534 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18535 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18536 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18537 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18538 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18540 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18541 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18542 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18543 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18544 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18545 middle of a character in STR.
18547 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18548 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18550 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18551 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18552 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18553 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18554 defaults to \"...\".
18556 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18558 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18559 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18561 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18562 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18563 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18565 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18566 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18567 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18569 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18570 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18571 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18573 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18574 longer than KEYSEQ.
18575 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18577 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18579 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18580 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18581 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18582 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18583 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18584 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18585 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18586 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18587 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18588 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18589 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18591 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18593 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18594 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18596 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18598 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18599 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18601 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18603 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18604 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18606 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18608 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18609 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18611 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18613 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18614 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18615 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18616 coding systems ordered by priority.
18618 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18620 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18621 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18622 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18623 language environment LANG-ENV.
18625 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18627 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18628 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18629 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18630 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18631 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18632 basis, this may not be accurate.
18634 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18638 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18639 ;;;;;; (17494 22018))
18640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18642 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18643 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18644 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18646 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18648 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18650 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18651 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18652 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18653 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18657 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18658 Enable mouse wheel support.
18660 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18664 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18665 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18666 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18667 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17383 32176))
18668 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18670 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18671 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18673 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18675 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18677 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18678 `ping-program-options'.
18682 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18683 Run ipconfig program.
18687 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18689 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18690 Run netstat program.
18694 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18695 Run the arp program.
18699 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18700 Run the route program.
18704 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18705 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18709 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18710 Run nslookup program.
18714 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18715 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18719 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18724 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18729 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18730 Finger USER on HOST.
18732 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18734 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18735 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18736 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18737 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18739 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18741 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18746 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18747 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18749 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18751 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18752 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18754 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18758 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18759 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18760 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18761 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18762 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18763 ;;;;;; (17515 39526))
18764 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18766 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18768 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18770 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18772 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18774 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18775 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18776 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18777 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18778 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18779 Major modes should set this variable.")
18781 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18782 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18783 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18784 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18785 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18786 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18788 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18789 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18791 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18792 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18793 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18795 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18796 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18797 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18798 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18799 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18801 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18802 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18803 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18805 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18806 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18807 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18808 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18810 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18811 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18812 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18813 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18814 column indentation or nil.
18815 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18817 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18818 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18819 The function has no args.
18821 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18822 comments always start in column zero.")
18824 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18825 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18826 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18828 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18830 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18831 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18832 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18833 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18835 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18836 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18838 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18840 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18841 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18842 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18843 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18844 customize this variable.
18846 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18847 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18849 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18851 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18852 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18853 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18854 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18855 the variables are properly set.
18857 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18859 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18860 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18864 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18865 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18866 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18868 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18870 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18871 Set the comment column based on point.
18872 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18873 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18874 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18875 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18879 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18880 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18881 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18885 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18886 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18887 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18890 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18892 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18893 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18894 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18895 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18896 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18897 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18898 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18899 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18901 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18902 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18904 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18906 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18907 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18908 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18909 is passed on to the respective function.
18911 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18913 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18914 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18915 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18916 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18917 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18918 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18919 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18920 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18921 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18925 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18926 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18927 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18929 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18931 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18932 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18933 This indents the body of the continued comment
18934 under the previous comment line.
18936 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18937 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18938 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18940 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18941 or comment indentation.
18943 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18944 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18946 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18950 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18951 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18952 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17383 32176))
18953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18955 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18956 Check whether newsticker is running.
18957 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18958 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18962 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18963 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18964 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18965 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18970 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18971 Start the newsticker.
18972 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18973 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18974 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18975 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18977 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18979 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18980 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18981 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18986 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18987 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18993 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18994 ;;;;;; (17383 32162))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18997 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18998 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19000 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19004 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
19006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19008 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19009 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19010 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19011 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19012 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19013 symbol in the alist.
19015 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19019 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19020 ;;;;;; (17397 61556))
19021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19023 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19024 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19025 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19031 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19032 ;;;;;; (17383 32163))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19035 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19036 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19037 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19043 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19044 ;;;;;; (17383 32164))
19045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19047 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19048 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19050 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19054 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19055 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17383 32164))
19056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19058 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19059 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19063 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19064 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19068 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19069 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19075 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19076 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17383 32114))
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19079 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19080 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19081 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19083 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19085 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19088 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19090 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19091 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19092 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19093 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19094 to future sessions.
19096 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19098 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19099 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19100 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19101 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19102 to future sessions.
19104 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19108 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19109 ;;;;;; (17383 55266))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19112 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19113 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19115 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19116 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19117 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19123 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19124 ;;;;;; (17397 61570))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19127 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19128 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19129 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19130 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19131 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19137 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19138 ;;;;;; (17582 29242))
19139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19141 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19142 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19143 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19145 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19147 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19148 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19150 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19151 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19152 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19156 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19160 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19161 ;;;;;; (17432 37364))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19164 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19165 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19167 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19168 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19169 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19170 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19172 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19173 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19174 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19175 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19176 is why you need this mode!).
19178 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19179 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19180 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19182 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19187 \\{octave-mode-map}
19189 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19190 ==============================================
19193 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19196 octave-auto-newline
19197 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19200 octave-blink-matching-block
19201 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19202 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19204 octave-block-offset
19205 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19208 octave-continuation-offset
19209 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19212 octave-continuation-string
19213 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19214 Default is a backslash.
19216 octave-mode-startup-message
19217 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19220 octave-send-echo-input
19221 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19222 command to the inferior Octave process.
19224 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19225 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19226 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19228 octave-send-echo-input
19229 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19231 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19233 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19234 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19236 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19237 (setq auto-mode-alist
19238 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19240 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19241 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19243 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19247 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19248 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19250 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19251 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19252 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19253 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19259 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19260 ;;;;;; (17578 34778))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19263 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19264 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19265 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19269 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19270 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19271 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19272 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19273 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19275 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19281 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19282 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19283 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19284 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19285 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19286 ;;;;;; (17582 28847))
19287 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19289 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19290 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19291 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19293 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19294 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19295 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19296 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19297 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19298 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19299 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19300 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19301 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19302 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19304 The following commands are available:
19310 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19311 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19313 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19314 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19315 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19316 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19317 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19319 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19320 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19321 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19322 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19323 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19324 and zoom in further.
19325 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19327 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19328 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19329 is negative, go up that many levels.
19331 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19332 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19333 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19335 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19336 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19340 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19341 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19345 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19346 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19347 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19348 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19350 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19351 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19352 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19353 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19354 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19355 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19356 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19358 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19359 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19360 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19362 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19363 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19364 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19368 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19369 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19370 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19371 will be able to go to other weeks.
19372 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19373 also be shown, under the current date.
19374 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19375 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19376 to turn on logging.
19377 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19378 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19379 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19381 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19383 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19384 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19385 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19386 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19387 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19388 `org-todo-keywords'.
19390 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19392 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19393 Return diary information from org-files.
19394 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19395 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19396 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19397 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19399 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19400 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19401 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19403 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19404 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19405 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19406 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19408 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19409 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19410 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19412 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19413 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19414 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19415 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19417 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19419 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19421 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19422 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19426 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19427 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19430 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19432 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19433 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19434 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19436 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19438 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19439 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19440 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19442 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19444 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19445 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19446 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19447 \\[org-insert-link].
19448 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19449 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19450 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19454 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19455 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19456 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19457 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19458 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19462 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19463 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19464 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19465 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19469 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19470 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19471 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19472 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19473 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19474 file the text at a specific location.
19475 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19476 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19477 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19479 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19480 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19481 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19482 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19483 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19484 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19485 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19486 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19488 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19489 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19490 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19491 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19493 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19494 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19495 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19497 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19498 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19499 \(i.e. after the stars).
19501 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19505 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19506 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19510 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19511 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19515 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19516 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19517 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19518 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19522 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19523 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19524 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19525 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19529 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19530 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19531 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19537 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19538 ;;;;;; (17515 39526))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19540 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19542 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19543 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19544 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19545 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19547 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19548 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19549 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19550 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19552 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19553 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19554 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19555 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19556 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19557 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19559 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19560 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19561 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19563 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19564 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19565 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19566 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19567 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19568 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19569 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19570 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19571 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19572 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19573 The subheadings remain visible.
19574 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19576 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19577 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19578 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19580 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19581 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19585 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19586 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19587 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19588 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17494
19596 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19597 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19598 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19599 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19600 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19601 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19602 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19603 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19604 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19605 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19609 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17383 32114))
19610 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19612 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19613 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19614 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19616 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19618 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19620 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19621 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19622 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19623 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19625 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19626 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19632 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19633 ;;;;;; (17397 61548))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19636 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19637 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19638 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19639 unknown are returned as nil.
19641 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19645 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17397
19647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19649 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19650 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19651 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19653 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19654 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19656 Other useful functions are:
19658 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19659 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19660 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19661 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19662 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19663 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19664 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19665 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19666 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19668 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19670 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19671 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19672 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19673 Indentation for case statements.
19674 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19675 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19677 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19678 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19679 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19680 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19681 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19682 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19683 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19684 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19685 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19686 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19688 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19689 pascal-separator-keywords.
19691 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19692 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19698 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19699 ;;;;;; (17383 32143))
19700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19702 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19703 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19704 The keys affected are:
19705 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19706 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19707 M-Backspace does undo.
19708 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19709 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19710 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19716 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19717 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17383 32143))
19718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19720 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19721 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19722 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19724 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19726 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19728 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19729 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19731 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19733 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19734 which modify the status of the mark.
19736 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19737 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19739 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19740 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19742 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19743 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19744 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19745 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19746 turning PC Selection mode on.
19748 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19749 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19751 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19752 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19753 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19755 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19756 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19757 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19759 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19760 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19762 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19763 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19764 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19766 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19767 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19768 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19774 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19775 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19780 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19781 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19782 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19783 and cursor movement commands.
19784 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19786 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19788 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19792 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17383
19794 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19796 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19797 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19803 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19804 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17383 32115))
19805 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19807 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19808 Completion for `gzip'.
19812 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19813 Completion for `bzip2'.
19817 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19818 Completion for GNU `make'.
19822 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19823 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19827 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19831 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19832 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17383 32115))
19833 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19835 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19836 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19840 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19841 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19845 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19846 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19852 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17383
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19856 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19857 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19858 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19859 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19860 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19861 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19867 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19868 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19869 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17383 32115))
19870 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19872 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19873 Completion for `cd'.
19877 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19879 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19880 Completion for `rmdir'.
19884 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19885 Completion for `rm'.
19889 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19890 Completion for `xargs'.
19894 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19896 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19897 Completion for `which'.
19901 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19902 Completion for the `chown' command.
19906 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19907 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19913 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19914 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19915 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17457
19917 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19919 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19920 Support extensible programmable completion.
19921 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19922 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19924 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19926 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19927 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19931 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19932 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19933 This will modify the current buffer.
19937 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19938 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19942 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19943 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19944 This will modify the current buffer.
19948 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19949 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19953 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19954 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19958 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19959 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19960 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19961 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19962 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19964 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19966 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19967 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19973 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19974 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19975 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17578 34773))
19976 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19978 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19979 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19980 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19981 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19983 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19985 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19987 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19988 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19989 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19990 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19991 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19992 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19995 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19997 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19998 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19999 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20000 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20001 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20002 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20003 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20004 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20006 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20008 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20009 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20010 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20011 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20012 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20013 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20014 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20017 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20019 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20020 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20021 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20022 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20023 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20024 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20025 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20027 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20029 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20031 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20032 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20033 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20035 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
20037 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20038 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20039 nil means never do it.
20040 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20041 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20042 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20044 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
20046 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20047 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20048 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17582 32791))
20053 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20055 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20059 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20060 ;;;;;; (17498 30499))
20061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20063 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20064 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20065 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20066 Tab indents for Perl code.
20067 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20068 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20069 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20071 Variables controlling indentation style:
20072 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20073 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20074 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20075 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20076 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20077 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20078 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20080 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20081 `perl-indent-level'
20082 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20083 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20084 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20085 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20086 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20087 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20088 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20089 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20090 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20091 `perl-brace-offset'
20092 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20093 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20094 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20095 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20096 `perl-label-offset'
20097 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20098 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20099 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20101 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20102 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20103 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20104 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20105 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20106 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20107 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20109 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20115 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20116 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20117 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20118 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17383 32117))
20119 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20121 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20122 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20124 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20126 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20127 passphrase cache or user.
20129 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20131 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20132 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20134 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20137 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20139 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20140 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20142 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20145 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20146 passphrase cache or user.
20148 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20150 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20151 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20153 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20155 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20158 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20159 passphrase cache or user.
20161 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20163 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20164 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20166 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20167 passphrase cache or user.
20169 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20171 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20172 Decrypt the current buffer.
20174 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20177 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20178 passphrase cache or user.
20180 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20182 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20183 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20185 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20186 a detached signature.
20188 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20189 and the the output is displayed.
20191 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20192 passphrase cache or user.
20194 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20196 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20197 Sign the current buffer.
20199 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20200 detached signature.
20202 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20205 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20206 and the the output is displayed.
20208 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20209 passphrase cache or user.
20211 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20213 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20214 Verify the current region between START and END.
20215 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20216 the detached signature of the current region.
20218 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20219 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20221 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20223 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20224 Verify the current buffer.
20225 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20226 the detached signature of the current region.
20227 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20228 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20229 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20232 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20234 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20235 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20239 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20240 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20242 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20244 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20245 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20251 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20252 ;;;;;; (17466 42707))
20253 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20255 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20256 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20258 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20262 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20263 ;;;;;; (17466 42716))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20266 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20267 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20268 \\<picture-mode-map>
20269 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20270 afterwards settable by these commands:
20272 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20273 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20274 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20275 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20277 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20278 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20279 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20280 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20282 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20283 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20284 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20285 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20287 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20288 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20289 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20290 with these commands:
20292 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20293 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20294 Move to column following last
20295 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20296 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20297 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20298 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20299 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20300 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20302 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20304 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20305 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20306 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20307 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20308 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20309 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20311 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20312 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20313 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20314 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20315 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20316 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20317 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20319 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20320 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20321 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20322 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20323 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20324 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20325 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20326 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20328 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20329 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20330 by supplying an argument.
20332 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20334 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20335 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20339 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20343 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20344 ;;;;;; (17578 34780))
20345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20347 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20348 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20349 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20351 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20355 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17578 34778))
20356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20358 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20359 Play pong and waste time.
20360 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20361 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20363 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20371 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20372 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17383 32140))
20373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20375 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20376 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20377 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20378 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20380 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20382 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20383 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20387 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20388 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20389 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20390 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20391 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20393 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20395 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20396 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20397 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20398 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20399 in the variable `values'.
20401 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20403 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20404 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20405 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20406 Ignores leading comment characters.
20412 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20413 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20414 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20415 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20416 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20417 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20418 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20419 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20420 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20421 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20422 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20423 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20424 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20425 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20427 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20428 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20429 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20430 ;;;;;; (17383 32117))
20431 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20433 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20434 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20436 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20438 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20442 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20443 Preview directory using ghostview.
20445 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20446 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20447 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20448 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20450 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20451 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20452 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20453 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20454 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20457 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20459 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20461 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20462 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20464 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20465 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20466 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20467 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20469 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20470 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20471 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20472 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20473 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20476 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20478 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20480 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20481 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20483 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20484 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20485 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20486 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20488 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20489 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20490 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20491 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20492 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20495 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20497 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20499 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20500 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20502 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20504 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20505 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20506 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20507 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20509 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20510 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20511 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20512 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20513 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20516 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20518 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20520 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20521 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20523 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20524 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20525 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20527 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20528 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20529 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20530 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20532 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20534 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20535 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20537 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20538 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20539 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20541 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20542 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20543 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20544 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20546 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20548 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20549 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20551 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20552 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20553 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20555 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20556 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20557 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20558 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20560 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20562 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20563 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20565 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20567 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20568 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20569 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20571 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20572 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20573 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20574 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20576 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20578 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20579 Preview region using ghostview.
20581 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20583 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20585 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20586 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20588 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20590 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20592 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20593 Print region using PostScript printer.
20595 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20597 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20599 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20600 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20602 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20604 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20606 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20607 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20609 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20611 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20613 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20614 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20616 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20618 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20620 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20621 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20623 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20625 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20627 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20628 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20630 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20632 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20634 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20635 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20636 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20637 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20639 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20642 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20643 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20645 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20647 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20649 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20650 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20651 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20652 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20656 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20657 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20658 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20659 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20663 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20664 Print directory using text printer.
20666 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20669 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20670 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20672 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20674 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20676 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20677 Print buffer using text printer.
20681 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20682 Print region using text printer.
20686 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20687 Print major mode using text printer.
20691 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20692 Preview spooled PostScript.
20694 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20695 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20696 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20698 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20699 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20700 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20702 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20704 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20705 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20707 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20708 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20709 instead of sending it to the printer.
20711 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20712 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20713 image in a file with that name.
20715 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20717 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20718 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20720 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20721 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20722 instead of sending it to the printer.
20724 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20725 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20726 image in a file with that name.
20728 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20730 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20731 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20733 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20734 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20735 instead of sending it to the printer.
20737 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20738 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20739 image in a file with that name.
20741 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20743 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20744 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20746 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20748 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20749 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20751 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20753 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20754 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20756 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20758 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20759 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20761 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20763 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20764 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20766 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20768 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20769 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20771 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20772 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20773 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20774 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20776 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20777 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20778 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20779 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20780 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20781 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20784 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20786 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20787 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20791 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20792 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20794 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20796 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20801 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20802 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20806 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20807 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20811 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20812 Toggle printing with faces.
20816 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20821 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20826 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20829 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20831 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20836 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20841 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20842 Toggle upside-down.
20846 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20847 Toggle line number.
20851 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20852 Toggle zebra stripes.
20856 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20857 Toggle printing header.
20861 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20862 Toggle printing header frame.
20866 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20871 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20872 Toggle auto region.
20876 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20881 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20882 Customization of the `printing' group.
20884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20886 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20887 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20889 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20891 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20892 Help for the printing package.
20894 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20896 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20897 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20901 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20902 Interactively select a text printer.
20906 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20907 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20911 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20912 Show current ps-print settings.
20914 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20916 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20917 Show current printing settings.
20919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20921 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20922 Show current lpr settings.
20924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20926 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20927 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20929 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20930 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20931 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20932 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20935 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20937 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20938 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20939 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20941 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20942 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20943 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20944 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20945 current active printer.
20947 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20948 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20949 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20952 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20953 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20954 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20955 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20956 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20959 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20960 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20962 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20964 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20965 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20966 be done using the new current active printer.
20968 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20969 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20972 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20973 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20974 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20975 instead of sending it to the printer.
20977 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20978 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20981 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20984 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20987 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20989 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20990 Fast fire function for text printing.
20992 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20993 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20994 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20995 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20997 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20998 user for a new active text printer.
21000 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21002 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21004 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21005 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21008 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21010 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21013 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21017 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21018 ;;;;;; (17397 61571))
21019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21021 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21022 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21023 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21025 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21026 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21027 if that value is non-nil.
21031 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
21032 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17383 32117))
21039 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21041 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21042 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21043 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21047 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17397
21049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21051 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21052 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21054 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21056 The following variables hold user options, and can
21057 be set through the `customize' command:
21059 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21061 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21062 `ps-mode-print-function'
21064 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21068 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21071 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21077 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21078 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21079 The keymap for this second window is:
21081 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21084 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21085 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21086 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21087 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21088 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21094 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21095 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21096 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21097 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17383 32117))
21098 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21100 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21101 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21105 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21106 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21107 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21108 changed by setting the variable
21109 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21110 The initial value of this variable is
21111 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21114 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21115 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21116 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21117 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21118 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21119 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21122 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21123 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21124 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21125 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21126 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21127 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21128 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21129 use this value, be sure to have installed
21130 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21131 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21132 documentation of this variable).
21134 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21135 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21136 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21137 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21138 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21139 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21141 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21143 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
21145 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21146 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21147 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21149 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21151 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21156 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21157 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21159 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21161 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21165 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21167 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21170 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21172 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21173 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21175 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21178 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21182 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21184 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21187 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21189 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21190 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21194 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21195 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21196 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21198 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21200 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21201 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21202 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21204 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21206 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21213 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21214 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21215 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21216 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21217 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21218 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17383
21220 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21222 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21223 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21224 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21226 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
21228 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21229 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21230 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21231 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21233 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
21235 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21236 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21240 nil Do not print colors.
21244 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21245 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21247 Any other value is treated as t.")
21249 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
21251 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21252 Customization of ps-print group.
21256 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21257 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21259 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21260 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21261 sending it to the printer.
21263 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21264 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21265 image in a file with that name.
21267 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21269 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21270 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21271 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21272 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21273 so it has a way to determine color values.
21275 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21277 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21278 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21279 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21281 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21283 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21284 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21285 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21286 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21287 so it has a way to determine color values.
21289 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21291 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21292 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21293 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21294 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21296 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21300 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21301 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21302 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21303 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21304 so it has a way to determine color values.
21306 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21310 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21311 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21312 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21314 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21316 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21318 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21319 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21320 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21321 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21322 so it has a way to determine color values.
21324 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21326 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21328 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21329 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21331 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21332 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21333 instead of sending it to the printer.
21335 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21336 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21337 image in a file with that name.
21339 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21341 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21342 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21343 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21344 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21345 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21349 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21350 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21351 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21353 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21355 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21356 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21357 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21359 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21361 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21362 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21366 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21367 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21369 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21370 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21372 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21373 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21375 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21377 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21379 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21381 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21382 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21384 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21385 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21387 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21388 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21390 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21392 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21394 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21396 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21397 foreground and background colors respectively.
21399 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21400 bold - use bold font.
21401 italic - use italic font.
21402 underline - put a line under text.
21403 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21404 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21405 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21406 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21407 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21409 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21411 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21415 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21416 ;;;;;; (17487 53546))
21417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21419 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21421 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21423 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21425 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21426 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21427 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21428 buffer automatically.
21429 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21430 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21431 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21432 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21433 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21434 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21436 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21438 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21439 Major mode for editing Python files.
21440 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21441 parsing of the source.
21442 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21443 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21444 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21446 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21447 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21448 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21449 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21450 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21451 \\<python-mode-map>
21452 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21453 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21454 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21455 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21456 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21457 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21459 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21460 effect outside them.
21462 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21463 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21464 lines count as headers.
21466 \\{python-mode-map}
21470 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21471 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21472 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21473 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21479 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21480 ;;;;;; (17420 36085))
21481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21483 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21484 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21485 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21488 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21489 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21491 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21492 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21493 them into characters should be done separately.
21495 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21499 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21500 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21501 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21502 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21503 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17304 24770))
21504 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21506 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21507 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21511 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21512 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21513 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21515 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21516 `quail-activate', which see.
21518 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21520 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21521 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21522 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21523 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21524 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21525 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21526 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21528 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21529 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21530 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21531 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21532 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21534 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21536 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21537 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21538 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21539 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21540 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21541 list of candidates.
21543 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21544 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21545 command to be called.
21547 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21548 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21549 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21550 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21552 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21553 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21554 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21555 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21556 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21559 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21560 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21561 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21562 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21564 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21565 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21566 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21567 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21569 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21570 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21571 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21572 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21573 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21574 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21576 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21577 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21578 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21579 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21580 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21581 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21583 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21584 covers Quail translation region.
21586 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21587 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21588 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21589 for it) is inserted.
21591 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21592 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21593 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21595 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21596 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21597 non-Quail commands.
21599 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21601 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21602 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21604 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21605 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21606 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21607 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21608 you type is correctly handled.
21610 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21612 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21613 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21615 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21618 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21620 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21621 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21622 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21623 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21624 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21625 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21626 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21627 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21628 for the translation.
21629 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21631 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21632 it is used to handle KEY.
21634 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21635 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21636 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21637 the following annotation types are supported.
21639 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21640 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21642 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21645 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21646 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21647 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21650 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21651 generated for the following translations.
21653 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21655 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21656 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21658 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21659 which to install MAP.
21661 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21663 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21665 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21666 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21668 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21669 which to install MAP.
21671 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21673 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21675 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21676 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21677 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21678 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21679 a function, or a cons.
21680 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21681 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21682 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21683 for the translation.
21684 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21685 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21686 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21687 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21688 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21690 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21691 it is used to handle KEY.
21693 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21694 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21695 current Quail package.
21697 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21698 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21700 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21702 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21703 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21705 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21706 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21708 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21710 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21711 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21713 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21715 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21716 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21717 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21718 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21719 of the Emacs source tree.
21721 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21722 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21724 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21725 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21728 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21732 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21733 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21734 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17383
21736 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21738 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21739 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21740 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21741 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21743 To make use of this do something like:
21745 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21747 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21749 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21750 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21752 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21753 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21754 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21756 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21758 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21759 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21761 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21763 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21764 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21766 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21769 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21771 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21772 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21774 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21775 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21776 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21778 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21780 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21781 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21783 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21785 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21786 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21790 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21791 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21793 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21795 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21799 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21800 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21806 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21807 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17578 34778))
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21810 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21812 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21816 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21818 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21821 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21823 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21824 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21825 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21827 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21829 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21831 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21832 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21838 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17578
21840 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21842 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21843 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21846 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21850 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21851 ;;;;;; (17503 24307))
21852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21854 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21856 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21857 Construct a regexp interactively.
21863 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17457 37500))
21864 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21866 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21867 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21868 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21870 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21872 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21874 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21875 Toggle recentf mode.
21876 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21877 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21879 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21880 that were operated on recently.
21882 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21888 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21889 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21890 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21891 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17466
21893 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21895 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21896 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21897 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21898 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21900 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21902 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21904 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21905 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21906 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21907 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21910 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21911 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21914 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21916 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21917 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21918 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21920 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21921 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21924 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21926 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21927 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21928 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21930 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21932 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21933 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21935 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21936 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21938 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21941 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21942 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21943 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21944 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21947 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21949 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21950 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21954 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21955 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21956 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21957 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21958 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21959 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21960 and point is at the lower right corner.
21962 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21964 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21965 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21967 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21968 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21970 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21971 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21972 on the right side of the rectangle.
21974 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21976 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21978 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21979 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21980 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21981 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21982 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21984 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21985 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21987 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21989 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21990 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21991 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21993 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21995 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21997 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21999 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22000 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22002 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22003 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22004 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22006 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22008 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22009 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22010 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22012 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22013 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22014 rectangle which were empty.
22016 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22020 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17383
22022 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22024 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22025 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22026 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22028 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22029 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22030 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22036 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22037 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17404 53188))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22040 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22041 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22045 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22046 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22048 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22049 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22051 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22052 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22053 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22056 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22057 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22058 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22060 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22061 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22062 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22064 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22065 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22067 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22068 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22070 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22071 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22074 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22078 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22079 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22080 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22086 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22087 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22090 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22091 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22092 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22093 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22094 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22095 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22097 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22099 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22101 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22102 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22103 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22104 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22105 `reftex-cite-format'.
22107 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22108 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22109 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22110 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22112 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22116 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22117 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22120 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22121 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22122 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22123 the current TeX document.
22125 With no argument, this command toggles
22126 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22127 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22133 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22134 ;;;;;; (17420 36092))
22135 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22137 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22138 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22139 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22141 To insert new phrases, use
22142 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22143 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22145 To index phrases use one of:
22147 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22148 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22149 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22150 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22151 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22153 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22154 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22156 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22158 Here are all local bindings.
22160 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22166 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22167 ;;;;;; (17404 53187))
22168 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22170 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22171 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22172 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22175 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17494
22181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22182 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22183 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22184 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22185 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22189 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22190 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
22191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22193 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22194 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22195 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22196 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22197 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22198 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22200 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22201 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22203 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22206 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22208 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22209 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22210 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22211 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22213 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22217 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17383 32118))
22218 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22220 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22221 Repeat most recently executed command.
22222 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22223 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22224 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22226 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22227 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22228 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22230 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22234 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22235 ;;;;;; (17383 32169))
22236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22238 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22239 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22241 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22242 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22243 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22244 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22245 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22246 and point is left after the salutation.
22248 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22249 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22250 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22251 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22252 left after that text.
22254 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22257 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22258 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22259 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22260 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22262 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22266 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22267 ;;;;;; (17383 32119))
22268 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22270 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22271 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22272 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22273 visibility of comments that precede it.
22274 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22275 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22276 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22277 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22278 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22279 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22280 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22281 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22283 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22284 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22285 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22286 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22287 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22290 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22294 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17383
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22298 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22299 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22305 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22306 ;;;;;; (17494 22060))
22307 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22309 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22310 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22311 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22313 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22314 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22315 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22319 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22320 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22321 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22323 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22325 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22327 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22328 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22329 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22331 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22332 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22333 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22339 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22340 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
22341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22343 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22344 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22348 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22349 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22351 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22355 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17383 32177))
22356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22357 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22359 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22360 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22361 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22362 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22364 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22366 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22367 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22368 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22369 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22371 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22372 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22374 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22375 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22377 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22378 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22381 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22382 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22383 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22384 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22385 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22387 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22388 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22389 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22390 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22392 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22393 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22396 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22400 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22401 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22402 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22403 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22404 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22405 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22406 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17521
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22410 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22411 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22412 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22414 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22416 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22417 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22418 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22419 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22421 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22423 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22424 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22425 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22426 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22427 value is the user's email address and name.)
22428 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22430 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22431 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22432 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22433 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22434 which normally happens once for each message,
22435 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22436 To make a change in this variable take effect
22437 for a message that you have already viewed,
22438 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22440 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22442 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22443 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22444 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22445 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22447 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22449 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22450 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22452 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22454 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22455 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22456 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22457 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22459 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22461 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22462 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22464 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22466 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22467 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22469 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22471 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22472 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22473 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22474 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22475 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22477 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22479 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22480 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22481 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22482 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22484 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22486 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22487 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22489 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22491 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22492 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22494 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22496 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22497 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22499 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22501 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22502 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22504 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22505 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22507 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22508 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22510 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22512 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22513 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22515 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22516 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22517 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22518 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22520 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22521 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22523 This is set to nil by default.")
22525 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22526 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22527 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22528 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22529 until a user explicitly requires it.
22531 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22532 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22535 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22537 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22538 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22539 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22540 It is called with no argument.")
22542 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22543 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22544 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22545 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22546 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22547 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22548 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22550 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22551 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22552 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22553 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22554 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22555 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22557 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22558 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22559 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22560 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22561 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22563 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22564 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22565 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22566 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22567 MSG is the message number,
22568 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22569 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22571 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22572 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22573 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22574 this feature is required with `require'.
22576 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22577 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22579 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22580 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22581 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22582 the message is decoded as normal way.
22584 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22585 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22586 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22588 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22589 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22590 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22592 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22593 Read and edit incoming mail.
22594 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22595 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22596 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22598 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22599 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22600 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22601 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22603 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22605 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22607 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22608 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22609 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22610 Instead, these commands are available:
22612 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22613 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22614 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22615 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22616 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22617 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22618 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22619 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22620 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22621 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22622 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22623 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22624 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22625 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22626 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22627 till a deleted message is found.
22628 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22629 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22630 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22631 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22632 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22633 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22634 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22635 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22636 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22637 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22638 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22639 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22640 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22641 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22642 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22643 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22644 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22645 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22646 (label defaults to last one specified).
22647 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22648 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22649 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22650 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22651 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22652 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22653 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22654 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22655 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22659 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22660 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22662 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22664 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22665 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22667 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22671 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22672 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
22673 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22675 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22676 Edit the contents of this message.
22682 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22683 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22684 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17383 32170))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22687 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22688 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22689 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22691 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22693 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22694 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22695 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22697 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22699 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22702 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22704 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22705 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22706 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22707 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22708 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22710 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22712 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22713 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22714 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22715 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22716 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22718 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22722 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22726 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22727 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22728 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22729 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22731 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22735 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22736 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22737 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17383 32170))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22740 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22741 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22742 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22743 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22744 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22745 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22746 a file name as a string.")
22748 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22750 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22751 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22752 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22753 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22754 buffer visiting that file.
22755 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22756 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22758 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22759 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22761 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22762 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22764 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22765 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22767 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22769 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22770 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22772 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22774 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22775 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22776 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22777 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22778 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22780 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22781 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22782 will be appended with their original headers.
22784 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22785 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22787 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22788 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22790 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22792 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22794 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22795 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22796 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22798 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22802 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22803 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22804 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17383
22806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22808 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22809 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22810 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22812 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22814 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22815 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22816 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22818 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22820 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22821 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22822 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22824 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22826 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22827 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22828 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22830 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22832 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22833 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22834 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22836 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22838 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22839 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22840 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22842 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22844 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22845 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22846 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22847 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22849 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22853 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22854 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22855 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22856 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22857 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17432 37362))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22860 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22861 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22863 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22865 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22866 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22868 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22870 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22871 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22875 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22876 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22877 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22879 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22881 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22882 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22883 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22884 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22885 only look in the To and From fields.
22886 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22888 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22890 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22891 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22892 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22893 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22894 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22896 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22898 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22899 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22900 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22901 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22902 look in the whole message.
22903 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22905 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22907 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22908 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22909 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22911 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22913 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22914 *Function to decode summary-line.
22916 By default, `identity' is set.")
22918 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22920 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22921 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22922 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22923 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22924 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22925 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22926 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22928 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22929 sent by you under different user names.
22930 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22932 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22934 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22938 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22939 ;;;;;; (17383 32180))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22942 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22943 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22944 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22945 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22947 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22951 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22952 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17383 32119))
22953 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22955 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22956 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22958 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22960 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22961 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22963 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22965 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22966 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22968 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22970 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22971 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22972 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22974 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22975 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22978 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22982 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22983 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22989 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22990 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22991 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22992 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22993 ;;;;;; (17383 32180))
22994 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22996 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22997 *This variable is obsolete.")
22999 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
23001 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23002 *This variable is obsolete.")
23004 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23006 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23007 *This variable is obsolete.")
23009 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23011 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23012 *This variable is obsolete.")
23014 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
23016 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23017 *This variable is obsolete.")
23019 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23021 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23022 *This variable is obsolete.")
23024 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23026 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23027 This function is obsolete.
23029 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23033 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17383
23035 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23037 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23038 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23044 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17420
23046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23048 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23049 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23050 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23051 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23053 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23055 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23056 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23057 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23058 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23060 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23064 matches string STRING literally.
23067 matches character CHAR literally.
23069 `not-newline', `nonl'
23070 matches any character except a newline.
23073 matches any character
23078 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23079 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23080 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23082 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23083 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23084 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23085 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23087 `(not (any SET ...))'
23088 matches any character not in SET ...
23090 `line-start', `bol'
23091 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23092 in the text being matched
23095 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23097 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23098 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23099 string being matched against.
23101 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23102 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23103 string being matched against.
23106 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23107 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23110 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23111 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23114 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23116 `word-start', `bow'
23117 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23121 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23124 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23127 `(not word-boundary)'
23128 `not-word-boundary'
23129 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23132 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23133 matches 0 through 9.
23136 matches ASCII control characters.
23138 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23139 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23142 matches space and tab only.
23145 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23148 `printing', `print'
23149 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23152 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23153 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23154 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23156 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23157 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23158 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23161 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23164 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23166 `lower', `lower-case'
23167 matches anything lower-case.
23169 `upper', `upper-case'
23170 matches anything upper-case.
23172 `punctuation', `punct'
23173 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23174 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23176 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23177 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23180 matches anything that has word syntax.
23183 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23186 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23187 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23188 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23190 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23191 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23194 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23195 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23196 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23197 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23198 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23200 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23201 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23202 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23203 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23204 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23206 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23207 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23209 `(category CATEGORY)'
23210 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23211 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23213 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23214 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23215 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23216 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23220 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23221 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23222 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23223 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23224 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23225 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23226 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23227 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23228 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23229 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23230 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23231 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23232 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23233 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23242 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23246 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23248 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23253 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23254 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23256 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23257 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23258 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23259 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23260 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23262 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23263 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23264 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23265 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23267 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23268 another name for `submatch'.
23270 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23271 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23272 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23273 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23274 regular expression.
23276 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23277 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23278 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23279 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23280 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23282 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23283 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23285 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23286 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23288 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23290 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23293 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23294 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23297 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23298 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23300 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23302 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23305 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23308 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23310 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23311 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23313 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23316 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23319 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23323 matches N occurrences.
23326 matches N or more occurrences.
23328 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23329 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23330 matches N to M occurrences.
23333 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23336 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23339 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23342 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23346 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23348 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23352 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23353 ;;;;;; (17457 37500))
23354 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23356 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23357 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23358 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23361 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23363 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23364 Toggle savehist-mode.
23365 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23366 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23367 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23368 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23370 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23371 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23372 which is probably undesirable.
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (17397 61572))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23382 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23383 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23384 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23386 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23387 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23388 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23389 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23390 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23391 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23392 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23393 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23396 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23397 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23398 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23399 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23400 if that value is non-nil.
23404 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23405 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23406 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23409 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23410 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23411 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23412 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23413 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23414 that variable's value is a string.
23420 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23421 ;;;;;; (17383 32165))
23422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23424 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23425 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23426 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23428 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23434 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17383
23436 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23438 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23439 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23440 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23441 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23443 Interesting variables:
23445 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23446 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23448 `scribe-electric-quote'
23449 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23451 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23452 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23453 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23459 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23460 ;;;;;; (17383 32120))
23461 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23463 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23464 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23465 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23467 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23469 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23471 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23472 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23473 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23474 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23475 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23481 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23482 ;;;;;; (17383 32120))
23483 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23485 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23486 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23487 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23488 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23489 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23496 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23497 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23498 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23499 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23500 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23501 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23502 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23503 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23504 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17578 34777))
23505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23507 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23508 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23510 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23512 If `parens', they look like:
23513 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23514 If `angles', they look like:
23515 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23516 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23517 derived from the envelope-from address.
23519 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23520 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23521 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23522 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23524 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23526 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23527 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23528 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23529 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23531 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23532 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23533 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23534 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23536 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23538 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23539 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23540 This is done when the message is initialized,
23541 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23543 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23545 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23546 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23547 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23549 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23551 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23553 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23554 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23555 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23556 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23557 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23558 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23559 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23561 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23563 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23564 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23566 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23568 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23569 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23570 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23572 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23574 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23575 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23576 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23577 when you first send mail.")
23579 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23581 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23582 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23583 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23584 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23585 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23587 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23589 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23590 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23591 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23592 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23593 This file need not actually exist.")
23595 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23597 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23598 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23599 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23601 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23603 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23604 Alist of mail address aliases,
23605 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23606 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23607 can specify a different file name.)
23608 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23609 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23611 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23612 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23613 nil means use indentation.")
23615 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23617 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23618 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23619 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23621 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23623 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23624 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23625 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23626 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23627 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23628 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23629 in the cited portion of the message.
23631 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23632 instead of no action.")
23634 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23636 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23637 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23638 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23639 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23640 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23642 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23644 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23645 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23646 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23647 If a string, that string is inserted.
23648 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23649 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23650 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23651 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23653 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23655 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23656 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23658 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23660 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23661 Directory for mail buffers.
23662 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23663 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23665 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23667 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23668 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23669 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23670 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23672 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23674 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23675 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23676 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23677 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23680 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23682 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23683 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23684 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23685 `query' means ask the user each time.
23686 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23687 The default is `mime'.
23688 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23689 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23691 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23693 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23694 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23695 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23697 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23698 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23700 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23701 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23702 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23703 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23704 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23705 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23706 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23707 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23708 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23709 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23710 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23711 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23712 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23716 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23717 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23719 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23720 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23722 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23724 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23725 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23726 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23727 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23728 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23729 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23731 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23732 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23733 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23735 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23736 User should not set this variable manually,
23737 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23738 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23739 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23740 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23742 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23743 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23744 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23745 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23747 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23748 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23751 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23753 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23754 to move to message header fields:
23757 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23758 when the message is initialized.
23760 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23761 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23763 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23766 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23767 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23769 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23770 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23771 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23772 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23773 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23774 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23775 buffer without erasing the contents.
23777 The second through fifth arguments,
23778 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23779 the initial contents of those header fields.
23780 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23781 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23782 original message being replied to, or else an action
23783 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23784 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23785 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23786 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23787 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23788 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23790 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23792 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23793 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23795 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23797 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23798 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23800 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23804 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23805 ;;;;;; (17582 28846))
23806 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23808 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23809 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23810 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23811 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23812 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23813 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23815 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23817 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23819 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23820 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23821 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23823 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23825 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23827 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23828 Toggle Server mode.
23829 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23830 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23831 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23837 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17578 34773))
23838 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23840 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23841 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23842 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23846 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23847 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23848 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23849 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23855 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23856 ;;;;;; (17521 64540))
23857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23859 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23860 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23862 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23865 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23866 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23867 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23869 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23870 in your `.emacs' file.
23872 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23874 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23875 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23880 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23882 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23883 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23884 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23885 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23886 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23887 which this is based.
23889 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23891 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23892 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23893 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23894 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23896 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23897 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23898 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23900 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23901 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23902 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23903 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23905 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23906 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23907 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23908 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23910 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23912 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23913 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23914 To work around that, do:
23915 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23923 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23924 ;;;;;; (17590 26287))
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23926 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23928 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23929 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23930 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23931 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23932 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23933 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23935 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23936 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23937 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23938 shell-specific features.
23940 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23941 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23942 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23944 \\[sh-case] case statement
23945 \\[sh-for] for loop
23946 \\[sh-function] function definition
23947 \\[sh-if] if statement
23948 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23949 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23950 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23951 \\[sh-select] select loop
23952 \\[sh-until] until loop
23953 \\[sh-while] while loop
23955 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23956 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23957 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23958 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23959 would indent to the way it currently is.
23960 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23961 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23964 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23965 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23966 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23967 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23968 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23969 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23971 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23973 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23975 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23976 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23977 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23979 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23980 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23984 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23988 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 32165))
23989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23991 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23992 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23993 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23994 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23995 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23996 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23998 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24002 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24003 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
24004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24006 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24007 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24009 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24010 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24011 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24012 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24015 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24017 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24019 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24020 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24021 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24023 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
24024 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
24026 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24027 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24028 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
24029 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24030 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
24031 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24032 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24035 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24036 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24037 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24038 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24039 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24041 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24042 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24043 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24049 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24050 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17383
24052 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24054 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24055 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24056 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24057 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24058 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24059 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24064 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24065 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24066 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24067 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24068 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24072 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24073 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24074 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24075 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24076 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
24077 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24078 `shadow-define-cluster').
24082 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24083 Set up file shadowing.
24089 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24090 ;;;;;; (17582 28833))
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24093 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24094 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24095 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24096 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24097 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24100 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
24102 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24103 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24104 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24105 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24106 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24107 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24108 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24109 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
24110 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
24111 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
24112 discards input when it starts up.)
24113 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24114 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24115 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24117 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24118 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24119 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24120 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24121 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24122 `default-process-coding-system'.
24124 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24125 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24126 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24127 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24129 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24131 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24132 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24136 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24137 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 32166))
24138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24140 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24143 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24145 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24148 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24150 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24153 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24157 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24158 ;;;;;; (17383 32166))
24159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24161 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24162 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24163 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24164 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24165 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24167 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17590 36099))
24174 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24175 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24179 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17397
24181 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24183 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24184 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24185 \\{simula-mode-map}
24186 Variables controlling indentation style:
24187 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24188 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24189 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24190 `simula-indent-level'
24191 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24192 `simula-substatement-offset'
24193 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24194 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24195 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24196 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24197 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24198 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24199 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24200 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24201 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24202 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24203 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24204 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24205 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24206 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24207 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24208 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24209 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24210 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24211 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24212 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24213 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24214 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24215 or nil if they should not be changed.
24216 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24217 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24218 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24219 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24221 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24222 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24228 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24229 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17521 64537))
24230 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24232 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24233 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24235 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24236 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24237 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24238 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24240 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24242 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24244 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24245 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24246 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24247 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24248 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24250 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24251 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24253 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24255 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24256 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24258 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24259 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24260 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24261 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24263 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24264 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24265 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24266 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24268 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24269 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24270 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24272 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24273 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24275 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24276 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24278 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24279 _ interesting point, interregion here
24280 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24281 interesting point set by _
24282 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24283 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24284 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24285 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24286 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24287 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24290 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24291 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24293 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24294 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24295 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24296 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24297 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24298 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24299 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24300 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24302 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24303 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24304 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24305 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24306 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24309 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24310 then: insert previously read string once more
24311 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24312 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24313 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24315 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24316 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24318 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24320 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24321 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24323 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24324 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24325 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24326 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24327 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24330 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24331 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24332 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24338 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24339 ;;;;;; (17494 22060))
24340 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24342 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24343 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24344 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24347 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24349 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24350 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24351 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24357 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24358 ;;;;;; (17457 37503))
24359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24361 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24362 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24363 A list of images is returned.
24365 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24367 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24368 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24369 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24371 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24375 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24376 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17383 32170))
24377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24379 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24384 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24385 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24391 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17383 32183))
24392 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24394 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24395 Play the Snake game.
24396 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24398 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24400 Snake mode keybindings:
24402 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24403 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24404 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24405 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24406 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24407 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24408 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24415 ;;;;;; (17383 32177))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24418 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24419 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24420 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24421 Tab indents for C code.
24422 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24423 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24425 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24430 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24431 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24432 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24433 Tab indents for C code.
24434 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24435 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24437 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24438 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24444 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24445 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24446 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17397 61548))
24447 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24449 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24450 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24452 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24453 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24454 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24456 For example, the form
24458 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24459 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24461 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24463 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24465 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24466 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24468 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24469 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24470 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24473 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24475 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24477 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24478 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24480 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24481 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24482 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24485 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24487 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24489 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24490 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24491 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24494 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24496 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24498 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24499 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24500 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24502 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24503 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24505 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24509 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24510 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24511 Requires floating point.
24517 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17383
24519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24521 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24524 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24525 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24526 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24527 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24528 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24529 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24530 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24531 check after each move or undo)
24535 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24536 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24537 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24556 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24557 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24558 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24559 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24561 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24562 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24563 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24566 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24567 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24569 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24585 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24587 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24593 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24594 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24595 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17466 42707))
24596 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24598 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24599 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24601 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24602 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24603 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24604 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24607 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24608 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24609 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24612 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24613 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24615 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24616 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24617 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24618 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24621 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24622 It should move point to the end of the record.
24624 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24625 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24626 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24627 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24628 starts at the beginning of the record.
24630 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24631 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24634 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24635 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24637 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24639 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24640 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24641 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24642 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24643 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24646 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24648 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24649 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24650 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24651 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24652 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24655 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24657 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24658 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24659 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24660 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24661 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24664 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24666 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24667 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24668 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24669 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24670 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24671 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24672 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24673 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24674 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24676 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24678 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24679 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24680 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24681 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24682 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24683 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24684 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24687 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24689 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24690 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24691 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24692 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24693 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24694 is to be used for sorting.
24695 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24696 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24697 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24698 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24699 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24701 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24703 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24706 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24707 starting with the letter \"f\",
24708 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24710 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24712 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24713 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24714 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24715 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24716 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24717 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24718 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24721 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24722 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24723 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24724 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24725 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24727 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24729 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24730 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24731 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24733 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24737 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17457
24739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24741 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24742 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24748 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24749 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24750 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17397 61557))
24751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24753 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24754 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24756 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24757 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24758 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24760 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24762 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24763 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24764 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24767 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24769 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24770 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24771 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24773 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24775 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24776 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24777 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24778 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24783 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24784 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24785 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24786 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24792 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24793 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17578 34773))
24794 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24796 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24798 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24799 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24800 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24801 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24802 supported at a time.
24803 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24804 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24808 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24809 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24810 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24811 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24817 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24818 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17383 32189))
24819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24821 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24823 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24824 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24825 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24826 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24827 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24828 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24832 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24833 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24834 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24835 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24839 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24840 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24841 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24842 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24843 for example, \"word\".
24845 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24847 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24848 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24850 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24854 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17383
24856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24858 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24859 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24863 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24864 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24870 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24871 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24872 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24873 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17397
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24877 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24878 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24880 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24881 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24882 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24883 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24884 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24885 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24886 of the current highlighting list.
24890 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24891 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24893 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24894 `_t' as data types.
24896 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24898 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24899 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24901 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24902 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24904 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24906 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24907 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24908 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24910 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24912 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24913 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24914 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24915 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24916 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24917 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24919 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24920 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24922 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24924 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24925 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24926 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24927 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24929 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24930 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24931 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24932 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24934 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24935 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24936 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24940 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24941 Major mode to edit SQL.
24943 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24944 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24945 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24948 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24950 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24951 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24952 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24953 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24954 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24955 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24957 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24958 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24960 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24961 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24962 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24964 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24966 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24970 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24971 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24973 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24974 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24979 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24981 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24982 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24984 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24985 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24988 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24989 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24990 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24991 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24993 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24994 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24996 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24997 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24998 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24999 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25000 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25001 `default-process-coding-system'.
25003 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25007 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25008 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25010 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25011 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25014 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25015 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25016 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25017 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25019 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25020 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25022 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25023 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25024 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25025 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25026 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25027 `default-process-coding-system'.
25029 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25033 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25034 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25036 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25037 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25040 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25041 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25043 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25044 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25046 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25047 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25048 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25049 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25050 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25051 `default-process-coding-system'.
25053 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25057 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25058 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25060 SQLite is free software.
25062 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25063 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25066 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25067 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25068 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25069 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25071 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25072 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25074 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25075 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25076 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25077 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25078 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25079 `default-process-coding-system'.
25081 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25085 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25086 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25088 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25090 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25091 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25094 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25095 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25096 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25097 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25099 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25100 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25102 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25103 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25104 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25105 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25106 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25107 `default-process-coding-system'.
25109 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25113 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25114 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25116 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25117 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25120 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25121 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25124 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25125 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25127 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25128 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25129 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25130 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25131 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25132 `default-process-coding-system'.
25134 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25138 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25139 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25141 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25142 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25145 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25146 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25148 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25149 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25151 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25152 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25153 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25154 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25155 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25156 `default-process-coding-system'.
25158 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25162 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25163 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25165 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25166 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25169 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25170 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25171 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25172 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25174 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25175 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25177 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25178 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25179 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25180 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25181 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25182 `default-process-coding-system'.
25184 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25188 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25189 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25191 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25192 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25195 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25196 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25197 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25198 `sql-postgres-options'.
25200 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25201 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25203 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25204 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25205 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25206 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25207 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25208 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25209 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25210 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25212 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25213 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25215 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25219 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25220 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25222 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25223 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25226 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25227 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25230 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25231 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25233 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25234 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25235 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25236 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25237 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25238 `default-process-coding-system'.
25240 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25244 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25245 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25247 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25248 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25251 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25254 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25255 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25257 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25258 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25259 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25260 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25262 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25263 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25264 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25265 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25266 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25267 `default-process-coding-system'.
25269 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25273 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25274 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25276 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25277 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25280 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25281 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25282 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25283 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25286 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25287 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25288 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25289 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25292 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25293 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25295 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25301 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25302 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25303 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25304 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25305 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17383
25307 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25309 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25310 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25311 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25312 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25313 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25314 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25316 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25318 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25320 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25321 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25322 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25323 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25324 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25325 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25326 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25328 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25330 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25331 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25332 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25333 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25334 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25335 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25336 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25338 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25340 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25341 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25342 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25344 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25346 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25347 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25348 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25350 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25352 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25353 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25355 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25357 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25358 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25362 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25363 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25367 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25368 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25369 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25370 chronologically by command name.
25371 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25373 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25375 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25376 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25377 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25379 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25381 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25383 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25384 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25385 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25386 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25387 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25388 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25389 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25391 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25392 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25393 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25394 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25396 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25400 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25401 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25402 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25403 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25405 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25407 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25408 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25414 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25415 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16221 3781))
25416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25418 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25419 Studlify-case the region.
25421 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25423 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25424 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25426 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25428 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25429 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25435 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17590 36099))
25436 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25438 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25439 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25440 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25441 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25442 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25443 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25445 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25446 is used instead of `load-path'.
25448 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25449 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25450 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25452 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25456 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25457 ;;;;;; (17383 32170))
25458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25460 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25461 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25462 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25463 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25464 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25465 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25466 original message but it does require a few things:
25468 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25470 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25473 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25474 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25477 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25479 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25481 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25482 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25483 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25489 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17416 55046))
25490 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25492 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25493 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25494 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25495 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25496 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25498 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25500 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25501 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25502 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25504 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25510 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17383 32122))
25511 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25513 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25514 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25515 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25516 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25517 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25521 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25522 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25523 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25524 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25525 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25526 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25527 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25533 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25534 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25535 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25536 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25537 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25538 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25539 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25540 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25541 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25542 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25543 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25544 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25545 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17578 34780))
25546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25548 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25549 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25550 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25552 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25554 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25555 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25557 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25559 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25560 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25562 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25564 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25565 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25567 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25569 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25570 Insert an editable text table.
25571 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25572 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25573 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25574 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25575 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25576 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25581 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25583 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25588 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25589 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25590 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25591 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25594 +-----+-----+-----+
25596 +-----+-----+-----+
25598 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25600 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25601 width, which results as
25603 +--------------+-----+-----+
25605 +--------------+-----+-----+
25607 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25608 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25610 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25612 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25614 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25615 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25616 width information to `table-insert'.
25618 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25624 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25627 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25628 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25630 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25633 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25635 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25637 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25640 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25645 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25647 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25650 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25656 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25657 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25658 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25660 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25663 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25666 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25669 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25671 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25677 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25678 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25679 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25680 | | |expected results.-!- |
25681 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25684 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25686 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25690 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25692 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25693 Insert N table row(s).
25694 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25695 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25696 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25697 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25701 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25702 Insert N table column(s).
25703 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25704 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25705 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25706 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25710 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25711 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25712 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25714 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25716 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25717 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25718 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25719 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25720 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25721 all the table specific features.
25723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25725 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25730 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25731 Recognize all tables within region.
25732 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25733 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25734 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25737 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25739 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25742 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25744 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25745 Recognize a table at point.
25746 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25747 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25748 the table specific features.
25750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25752 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25757 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25758 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25759 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25760 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25761 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25762 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25763 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25765 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25767 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25772 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25773 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25774 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25775 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25776 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25777 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25780 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25782 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25783 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25784 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25785 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25786 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25787 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25788 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25793 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25794 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25795 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25796 table's rectangle structure.
25798 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25800 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25801 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25802 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25803 table's rectangle structure.
25807 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25808 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25809 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25810 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25811 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25813 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25815 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25816 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25817 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25819 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25820 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25821 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25822 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25823 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25824 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25825 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25827 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25828 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25829 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25830 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25831 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25832 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25833 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25835 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25836 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25837 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25838 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25839 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25840 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25841 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25842 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25844 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25846 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25847 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25848 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25849 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25853 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25854 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25855 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25857 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25859 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25860 Split current cell vertically.
25861 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25865 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25866 Split current cell horizontally.
25867 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25871 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25872 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25873 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25875 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25877 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25878 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25879 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25880 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25882 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25884 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25885 Justify cell contents.
25886 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25887 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25888 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25889 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25891 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25893 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25894 Justify cells of a row.
25895 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25896 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25898 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25900 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25901 Justify cells of a column.
25902 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25903 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25905 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25907 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25908 Toggle fixing width mode.
25909 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25910 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25911 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25915 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25916 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25917 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25918 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25919 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25920 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25921 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25922 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25923 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25924 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25925 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25927 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25929 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25930 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25931 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25932 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25933 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25934 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25935 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25936 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25937 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25938 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25939 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25940 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25943 References used for this implementation:
25949 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25951 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25952 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25953 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25955 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25957 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25958 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25959 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25960 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25961 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25962 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25963 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25964 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25965 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25966 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25967 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25968 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25969 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25970 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25971 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25972 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25973 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25978 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25979 (table-forward-cell 15)
25980 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25981 (table-forward-cell 16)
25982 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25983 (table-forward-cell 1)
25984 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25987 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25988 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25989 (table-forward-cell 1)
25990 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25992 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25994 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25995 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25996 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25997 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25998 consists from cells of same height.
26002 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26003 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26004 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26005 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26006 column must consists from cells of same width.
26010 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26011 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26012 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26013 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26014 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26015 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26016 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26017 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26018 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26019 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26020 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26021 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26022 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26023 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26024 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26033 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26034 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26035 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26038 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26040 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26042 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26044 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26048 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26049 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26050 of each row is optional.
26055 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26056 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26057 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26058 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26059 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26061 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26062 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26064 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26065 expression and raw delimiter regular
26066 expression, it parses the specified text
26067 area and extracts cell items from
26068 non-table text and then forms a table out
26071 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26072 creates a single cell table. The text in
26073 the specified region is placed in that
26076 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26079 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26080 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26081 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26083 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26084 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26085 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26086 | area and extracts cell items from |
26087 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26090 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26091 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26092 | the specified region is placed in that |
26094 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26096 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26097 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26100 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26101 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26102 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26103 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26104 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26105 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26106 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26107 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26108 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26110 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26111 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26112 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26113 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26115 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26117 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26118 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26119 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26121 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26123 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26124 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26125 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26126 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26127 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26133 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17383 32122))
26134 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26136 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26137 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26139 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26143 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17578 34774))
26144 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26146 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26147 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26148 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26149 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26150 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26151 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26152 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26154 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26155 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26156 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26157 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26159 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26166 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26167 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17484 52437))
26168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26170 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26171 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26172 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26173 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26174 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26175 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26177 Variables controlling indentation style:
26179 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26180 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26181 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26183 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26184 documentation for details):
26185 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26186 Controls action of TAB key.
26188 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26189 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26190 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26191 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26192 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26194 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26195 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26203 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26204 Run inferior Tcl process.
26205 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26206 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26210 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26211 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26212 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26214 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26218 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17383 32177))
26219 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26220 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26222 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26223 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26224 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26225 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26227 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26228 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26229 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26230 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26231 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26233 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26234 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26236 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26237 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26238 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26239 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26245 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17578
26247 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26249 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26250 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26251 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26252 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26253 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26254 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26256 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26258 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26259 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26260 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26261 commands to use in that buffer.
26263 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26265 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26267 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26268 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26270 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26274 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17383
26276 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26278 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26279 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26280 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26281 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26282 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26283 program as keyboard input.
26285 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26286 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26287 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26288 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26290 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26291 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26292 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26293 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26294 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26296 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26298 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26299 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26300 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26301 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26303 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26304 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26305 subprocess started.
26307 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26311 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26312 ;;;;;; (17383 32141))
26313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26315 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26316 Start coverage on function under point.
26322 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17383 32183))
26323 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26325 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26326 Play the Tetris game.
26327 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26328 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26329 as to form complete rows.
26331 tetris-mode keybindings:
26332 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26333 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26334 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26335 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26336 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26337 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26338 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26339 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26340 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26346 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26347 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26348 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26349 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26350 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26351 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26352 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26353 ;;;;;; (17578 34780))
26354 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26356 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26357 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26359 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26361 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26362 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26363 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26364 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26365 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26367 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26369 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26370 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26371 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26372 if it matches the first line of the file,
26373 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26375 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26377 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26378 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26379 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26380 if the variable is non-nil.")
26382 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26384 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26385 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26387 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26389 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26390 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26391 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26392 See the documentation of that variable.")
26394 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26396 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26397 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26398 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26399 See the documentation of that variable.")
26401 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26403 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26404 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26405 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26406 See the documentation of that variable.")
26408 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26410 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26411 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26412 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26413 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26414 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26416 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26418 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26419 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26420 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26421 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26423 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26425 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26426 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26427 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26429 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26431 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26432 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26433 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26434 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26436 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26438 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26439 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26440 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26441 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26443 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26445 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26446 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26447 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26448 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26450 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26451 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26454 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26455 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26457 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26460 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26462 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26463 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26464 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26465 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26466 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26468 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26470 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26472 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26473 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26474 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26476 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26478 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26479 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26480 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26481 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26482 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26484 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26486 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26487 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26489 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26491 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26492 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26494 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26496 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26497 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26498 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26499 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26500 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26501 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26502 says which mode to use.
26506 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26508 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26510 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26512 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26513 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26514 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26515 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26516 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26518 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26519 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26520 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26521 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26522 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26523 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26524 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26526 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26527 mismatched $'s or braces.
26530 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26534 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26536 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26537 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26538 tex-dvi-print-command
26539 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26540 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26541 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26542 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26543 tex-dvi-view-command
26544 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26545 tex-show-queue-command
26546 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26547 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26549 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26550 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26551 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26555 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26556 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26557 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26558 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26559 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26561 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26562 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26563 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26564 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26565 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26566 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26567 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26569 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26570 mismatched $'s or braces.
26577 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26579 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26580 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26581 tex-dvi-print-command
26582 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26583 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26584 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26585 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26586 tex-dvi-view-command
26587 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26588 tex-show-queue-command
26589 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26590 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26592 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26593 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26594 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26598 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26599 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26600 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26601 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26602 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26604 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26605 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26606 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26607 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26608 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26609 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26610 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26612 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26613 mismatched $'s or braces.
26616 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26620 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26622 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26623 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26624 tex-dvi-print-command
26625 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26626 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26627 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26628 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26629 tex-dvi-view-command
26630 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26631 tex-show-queue-command
26632 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26633 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26635 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26636 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26637 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26638 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26642 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26647 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26648 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26654 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26655 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17590 36100))
26656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26658 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26659 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26660 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26661 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26663 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26664 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26665 Info-split to do these manually.
26667 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26669 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26670 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26671 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26672 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26673 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26675 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26677 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26678 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26679 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26680 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26682 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26683 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26684 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26685 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26687 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26688 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26690 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26694 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26695 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17383 32190))
26696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26698 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26699 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26701 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26703 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26704 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26706 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26708 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26709 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26711 It has these extra commands:
26712 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26714 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26715 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26716 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26717 modified version of TeX input format.
26719 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26720 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26721 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26722 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26724 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26725 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26726 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26727 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26728 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26729 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26730 in the Texinfo file.
26732 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26733 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26734 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26735 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26736 move forward past the closing brace.
26738 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26739 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26741 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26742 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26743 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26745 Here are the functions:
26747 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26748 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26749 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26751 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26752 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26753 texinfo-master-menu
26755 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26757 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26758 which menu descriptions are indented.
26760 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26761 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26764 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26765 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26766 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26767 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26769 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26770 be the first node in the file.
26772 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26773 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26780 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26781 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26782 ;;;;;; (17171 19474))
26783 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26785 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26786 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26787 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26788 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26790 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26792 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26793 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26795 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26797 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26798 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26802 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26805 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26807 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26808 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26809 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26810 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26813 The return value is number of composed characters.
26815 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26817 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26818 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26824 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26825 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26826 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17582 28846))
26827 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26829 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26830 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26832 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26834 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26835 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26836 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26837 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26838 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26840 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26841 a symbol as a valid THING.
26843 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26844 of the textual entity that was found.
26846 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26848 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26849 Return the THING at point.
26850 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26851 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26852 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26854 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26855 a symbol as a valid THING.
26857 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26859 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26864 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26869 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26874 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26881 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26882 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26883 ;;;;;; (17590 36099))
26884 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26886 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26887 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26891 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26892 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26893 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26894 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26896 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26898 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26899 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26903 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26904 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26908 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26910 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26911 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26917 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26918 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26919 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26920 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26921 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26922 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17097 33527))
26923 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26925 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26926 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26927 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26931 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26932 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26934 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26936 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26937 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26938 The returned string has no composition information.
26940 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26942 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26943 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26945 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26947 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26948 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26950 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26952 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26953 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26954 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26955 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26957 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26959 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26960 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26961 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26962 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26964 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26966 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26969 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26971 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26972 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26973 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26977 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26978 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26979 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26983 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26986 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26988 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26991 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26993 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26996 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27000 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27001 ;;;;;; (17383 32190))
27002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27004 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27005 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27006 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27007 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27009 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27011 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27013 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27014 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27015 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27016 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27018 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27024 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27025 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17383 32124))
27026 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27028 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27029 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27031 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
27033 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27034 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27035 This display updates automatically every minute.
27036 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27037 are displayed as well.
27038 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27042 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27043 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27044 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27045 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27046 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
27048 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
27050 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27051 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27052 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27054 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27055 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27056 are displayed as well.
27057 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27063 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27064 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27065 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27066 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17397
27068 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27070 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27071 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27073 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27075 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27076 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27077 You can use `float-time' instead.
27079 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27081 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27082 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27084 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27086 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27087 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27089 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27091 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27092 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27094 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27096 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27097 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27098 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27100 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27102 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27104 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27105 Subtract two time values.
27106 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27108 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27110 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27111 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27113 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27115 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27116 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27117 DATE should be a date-time string.
27119 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27121 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27122 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27123 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27125 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27127 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27128 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27130 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27132 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27133 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27135 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27137 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27138 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27139 TIME should be a time value.
27140 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27142 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27144 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27145 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27146 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27148 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27152 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27153 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17487 53545))
27154 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27155 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27156 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27157 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27158 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27159 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27160 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27161 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27163 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27164 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27165 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27166 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27167 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27168 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27169 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27170 look like one of the following:
27173 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27174 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27175 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27176 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27177 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27178 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27179 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27184 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27185 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27186 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27192 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27193 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27194 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27195 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27196 ;;;;;; (17397 61548))
27197 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27199 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27200 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27201 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27202 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27203 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27204 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27205 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27206 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27207 display (non-nil means on).
27209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27211 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27212 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27213 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27214 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27215 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27216 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27217 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27218 this function is called within a day.
27220 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27221 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27222 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27223 discover the name of the project.
27225 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27227 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27228 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27229 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27230 begun during the last time segment.
27232 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27233 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27234 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27235 discover the reason.
27237 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27239 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27240 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27241 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27242 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27243 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27245 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27247 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27248 Change to working on a different project.
27249 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27250 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27251 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27254 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27256 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27257 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27258 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27262 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27263 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27264 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27268 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27269 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27270 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27271 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27272 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27273 \"relative to today\".
27275 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27277 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27278 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27279 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27280 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27282 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27284 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27285 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27286 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27287 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27288 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27289 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27291 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27295 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27296 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27297 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17383 32142))
27298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27300 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27302 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27303 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27305 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27307 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27308 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
27310 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27312 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27313 Perform an action at time TIME.
27314 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27315 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27316 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27317 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27318 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27319 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27321 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27323 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27325 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27326 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27327 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27328 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27329 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27331 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27333 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27335 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27336 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27337 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27338 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27340 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27342 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27343 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27344 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27345 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27347 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27348 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27350 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27352 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27353 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27355 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27356 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27357 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27358 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27359 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27360 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27363 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27367 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27368 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17106 41306))
27369 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27371 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27372 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27373 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27374 the generated Quail package is saved.
27376 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27378 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27379 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27380 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27381 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27382 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27383 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27384 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27386 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27390 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27391 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17097
27393 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27395 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27400 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27403 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27405 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27406 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27407 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27410 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27414 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27415 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17383 32124))
27416 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27417 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27418 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27419 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27421 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27422 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27423 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27424 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27425 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27427 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27429 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27430 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27431 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27432 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27433 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27435 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27437 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27438 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27439 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27440 in the menu in two ways:
27441 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27442 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27443 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27445 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27446 keymap or an alist of alists.
27447 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27448 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27450 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27454 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27455 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27456 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17397 61548))
27457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27459 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27460 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27464 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27465 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27467 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27469 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27470 Insert new TODO list entry.
27471 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27476 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27477 List top priorities for each category.
27479 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27480 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27482 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27483 between each category.
27485 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27487 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27488 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27489 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27490 between each category.
27492 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27494 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27496 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27497 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27503 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27504 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27508 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27515 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27516 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27517 ;;;;;; (17498 30594))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27520 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27522 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27523 Add an item to the tool bar.
27524 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27525 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27526 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27527 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27529 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27530 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27531 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27532 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27534 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27535 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27537 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27539 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27540 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27541 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27542 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27543 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27544 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27546 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27547 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27548 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27549 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27551 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27553 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27554 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27555 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27556 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27557 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27558 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27559 properties to add to the binding.
27561 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27563 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27564 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27566 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27568 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27569 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27570 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27571 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27572 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27573 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27574 properties to add to the binding.
27576 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27579 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27583 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27584 ;;;;;; (17383 32144))
27585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27587 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27588 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27589 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27591 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27593 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27595 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27600 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27602 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27603 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27609 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27610 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17383 32144))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27613 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27614 Set scroll margins.
27616 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27618 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27619 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27623 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27624 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27630 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17484 52427))
27631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27633 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27634 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27635 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27636 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27637 to a tcp server on another machine.
27639 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27643 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27644 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17383 32142))
27645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27647 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27648 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27650 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27652 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27653 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27654 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27655 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27656 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27657 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27658 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27659 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27661 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27663 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27664 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27665 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27666 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27667 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27668 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27669 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27671 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27675 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27676 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27677 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27678 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17578 34778))
27679 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27681 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27682 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27683 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27685 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27686 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27687 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27688 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27690 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27691 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27692 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27693 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27695 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27696 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27697 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27698 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27699 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27700 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27701 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27702 files which are not really tramp files.
27704 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27705 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27706 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27707 updated after changing this variable.
27709 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27711 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27713 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27714 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27715 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27716 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27718 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27719 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27720 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27721 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27723 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27724 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27725 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27727 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27728 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27729 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27730 updated after changing this variable.
27732 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27734 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27736 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27737 Alist of completion handler functions.
27738 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27739 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27740 normal Emacs functions.")
27742 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27743 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27744 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27745 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27747 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27748 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27749 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27750 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27752 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27753 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27754 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27756 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27758 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27759 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27760 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27762 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27763 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or partial-completion-mode (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27766 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27768 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27773 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27774 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27776 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27778 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27779 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27781 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27783 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27784 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27790 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27791 ;;;;;; (17365 2740))
27792 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27794 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27801 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27802 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27803 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27804 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27805 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27806 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17590
27808 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27810 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27811 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27815 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27816 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27818 Convenience command that:
27820 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27821 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27822 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27824 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27825 image files in dired and type
27826 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27828 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27830 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27831 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27833 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27835 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27836 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27837 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27838 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27839 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27842 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27843 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27844 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27846 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27847 instead of erasing it first.
27849 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27850 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27851 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27852 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27853 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27854 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27856 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27858 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27859 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27860 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27861 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27866 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27868 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27869 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27873 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27874 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27875 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27879 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27880 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27884 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27885 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27886 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27887 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27891 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27892 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27896 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27897 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27901 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27902 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27906 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27907 Display current image file.
27908 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27909 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27913 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27914 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27918 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27919 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27920 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27921 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27922 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27923 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27924 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27930 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17383 32190))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27933 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27934 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27935 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27937 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27938 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27939 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27940 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27941 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27942 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27943 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27945 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27947 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27948 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27949 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27950 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27952 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27956 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27957 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27958 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27959 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27960 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27961 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27962 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27964 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27965 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27967 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27970 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27972 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27978 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27979 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27980 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27981 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27982 ;;;;;; (17383 32124))
27983 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27985 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27986 Toggle typing break mode.
27987 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27989 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27991 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27993 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27994 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27996 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27998 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27999 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28001 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28002 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28003 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28005 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28006 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28008 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
28010 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28011 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28013 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28014 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28015 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28016 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28018 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
28020 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28021 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28022 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28024 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28025 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28026 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28027 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28028 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28029 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28031 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28032 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28033 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28034 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28036 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28037 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28039 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28040 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28042 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
28044 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28045 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28046 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28048 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28049 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28050 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28051 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28052 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28053 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28054 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28056 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28057 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28059 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28060 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28061 reset the keystroke counter.
28063 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28064 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28065 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28066 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28068 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28069 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28070 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28071 `type-break-schedule' command.
28073 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28074 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28075 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28076 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28077 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28078 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28079 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28080 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28081 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28083 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28084 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28085 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28086 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28087 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28089 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28090 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28091 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28092 approximate good values for this.
28094 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28095 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28097 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28098 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28099 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28100 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28101 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28102 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28104 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28105 a typing break occur. They include:
28107 `type-break-query-mode'
28108 `type-break-query-function'
28109 `type-break-query-interval'
28111 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28113 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28114 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28115 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28118 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28120 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28121 Take a typing break.
28123 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28124 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28126 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28127 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28131 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28132 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28133 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28134 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28138 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28139 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28141 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28142 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28143 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28144 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28145 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28146 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28147 average typing speed.)
28149 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28150 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28151 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28152 the computed maximum threshold.
28154 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28155 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28156 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28157 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28158 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28160 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28164 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28165 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17383 32191))
28166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28168 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28169 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28170 Works by overstriking underscores.
28171 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28172 which specify the range to operate on.
28174 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28176 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28177 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28178 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28179 which specify the range to operate on.
28181 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28186 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17383 32171))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28189 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28190 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28191 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28195 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28196 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28197 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28198 following the containing message.
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28205 ;;;;;; (17383 32171))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28208 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28209 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28210 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28211 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28212 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28213 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28217 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28218 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28220 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28224 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17404
28226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28228 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28229 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28230 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28231 of symbols with local bindings.
28233 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28237 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28238 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17365 14342))
28239 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28241 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28242 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28243 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28245 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28246 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28247 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
28248 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
28249 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
28250 followed by CBARGS.
28252 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28255 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28257 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28258 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28259 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28260 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28261 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28263 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28267 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28268 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 32191))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28271 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28272 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28273 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28275 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28276 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28277 `url-generic-parse-url'
28278 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28279 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28280 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28282 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28283 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28284 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28285 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28286 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28287 what type of auth to use
28288 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28289 if one cannot be found in the cache
28291 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28293 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28294 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28296 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28297 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28298 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28299 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28300 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28301 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28302 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28303 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28305 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28309 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28310 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17338
28312 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28314 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28315 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28317 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28319 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28320 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28322 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28324 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28325 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28327 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28329 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28330 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28332 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28336 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 32191))
28337 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28339 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28342 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28346 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28347 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17383 32191))
28348 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28350 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28353 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28355 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28358 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28362 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28364 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28366 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28367 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28369 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28373 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28374 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17487 55937))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28377 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28378 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28382 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28383 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28384 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28385 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28387 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28391 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28392 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17457
28394 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28396 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28397 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28398 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28400 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28402 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28404 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28405 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28409 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28410 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28411 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28412 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28413 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28414 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28415 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28416 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28417 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28419 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28421 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28422 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28423 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28426 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28428 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28431 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28435 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28436 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17515 39530))
28437 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28439 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28440 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28441 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28442 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28443 CBARGS as the arguments.
28445 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28447 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28450 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28452 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28454 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28457 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28459 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28460 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28461 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28463 Property list members:
28466 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28470 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28474 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28477 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28480 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28481 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28482 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28485 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28489 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17457 37507))
28490 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28492 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28495 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28499 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28501 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28503 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28504 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28505 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28506 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28507 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28513 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28514 ;;;;;; (17383 32192))
28515 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28517 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28520 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28522 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28523 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28525 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28529 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28530 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 32192))
28531 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28533 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28534 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28536 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28538 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28539 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28541 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28548 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28550 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28552 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28554 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28555 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28557 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28561 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28562 ;;;;;; (17358 28606))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28565 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28568 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28570 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28573 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28577 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28578 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28579 ;;;;;; (17383 32192))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28582 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28585 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28587 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28590 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28592 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28595 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28597 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28600 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28602 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28605 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28607 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28610 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28612 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28615 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28619 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28620 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17383 32192))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28623 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28624 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28626 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28628 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28629 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28631 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28633 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28637 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28638 ;;;;;; (17348 1513))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28641 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28642 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28648 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28649 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28650 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28651 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28652 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28653 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28654 ;;;;;; (17383 32193))
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28657 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28658 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28659 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28661 If t, all messages will be logged.
28662 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28663 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28665 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28667 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28670 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28672 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28675 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28677 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28678 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28679 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28680 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28681 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28687 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28689 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28690 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28691 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28693 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28696 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28697 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28699 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28701 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28702 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28704 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28706 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28707 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28711 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28712 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28716 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28721 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28724 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28726 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28729 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28731 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28732 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28734 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28736 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28739 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28741 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28742 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28743 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28744 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28745 forbidden in URL encoding.
28747 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28749 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28750 Escape characters in a string.
28752 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28754 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28755 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28756 If optional variable X is t,
28757 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28759 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28761 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28762 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28763 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28765 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28767 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28768 View the current document's URL.
28769 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28772 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28774 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28778 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28779 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17383 32125))
28780 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28782 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28783 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28784 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28785 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28786 to refrain from editing the file
28787 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28788 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28789 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28790 in any way you like.
28792 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28794 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28795 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28796 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28797 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28798 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28800 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28801 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17246 18006))
28808 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28809 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28813 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28814 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28815 ;;;;;; (17578 34777))
28816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28818 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28819 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28820 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28821 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28823 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28825 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28826 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28827 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28829 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28831 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28832 Uudecode region between START and END.
28833 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28835 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28839 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28840 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28841 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28842 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28843 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28844 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28845 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17590 36099))
28846 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28848 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28849 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28852 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28854 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28855 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28856 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28858 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28860 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28861 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28864 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28866 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28867 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28869 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28871 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28872 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28874 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28876 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28877 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28878 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28879 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28880 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28881 somebody else, signal error.
28883 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28885 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28886 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28887 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28888 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28889 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28891 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28893 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28894 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28895 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28896 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28897 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28898 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28899 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28900 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28901 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28902 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28903 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28904 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28906 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28908 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28909 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28911 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28912 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28914 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28915 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28916 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28917 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28918 lock steals will raise an error.
28920 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28922 For RCS and SCCS files:
28923 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28925 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28926 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28927 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28928 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28929 it performs a revert.
28930 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28931 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28932 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28933 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28934 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28935 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28936 the option to steal the lock.
28939 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28940 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28941 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28942 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28943 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28944 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28945 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28946 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28947 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28949 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28951 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28952 Register the current file into a version control system.
28953 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28954 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28956 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28957 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28958 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28959 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28960 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28961 first backend that could register the file is used.
28963 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28965 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28966 Display diffs between file versions.
28967 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28968 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28969 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28970 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28971 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28974 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28976 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28977 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28978 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28979 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28983 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28984 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28985 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28986 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28990 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28991 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28992 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28993 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28994 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28995 from the current branch.
28997 See Info node `Merging'.
29001 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29003 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29004 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29006 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29008 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29009 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29011 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29013 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29014 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29015 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29016 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29017 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29018 are checked out in that new branch.
29020 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29022 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29023 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29024 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29025 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29026 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29027 allowed and simply skipped).
29029 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29031 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29032 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29033 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29035 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29037 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29038 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29039 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29040 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29041 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29045 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29046 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29047 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29048 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29049 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29050 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29054 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29055 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29056 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29058 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29060 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29061 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29062 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29063 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29064 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29065 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29066 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29068 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29070 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29071 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29072 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29073 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29074 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29075 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29076 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29077 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29078 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29080 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29083 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29085 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29087 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29088 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29089 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29092 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29094 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29095 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29096 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29098 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29099 log entries should be gathered.
29101 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29103 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29104 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29106 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29107 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29108 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29109 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29110 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29111 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29113 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29114 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29115 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29116 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29117 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29118 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29119 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29120 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29122 Customization variables:
29124 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29125 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29126 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29127 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29129 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17383 32125))
29134 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29135 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29136 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29139 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17383 32125))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29145 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29146 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29147 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29149 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17383 32125))
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29155 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29156 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29159 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29163 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29164 ;;;;;; (17383 32125))
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29167 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29168 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29169 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29171 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29172 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29176 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29177 ;;;;;; (17383 32126))
29178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29180 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29181 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29182 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29184 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29185 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29187 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29188 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29189 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29190 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17397 61543))
29195 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29196 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29197 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29198 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29200 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29202 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29206 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29207 ;;;;;; (17503 24309))
29208 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29210 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29211 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29216 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29217 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29218 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29219 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29220 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29221 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29222 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29223 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29224 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29226 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29227 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29228 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29229 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29231 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29232 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29233 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29234 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29235 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29237 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29238 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29242 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29243 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29244 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29248 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29249 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29250 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29251 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29253 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29254 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29255 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29256 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29257 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29261 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29262 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29263 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29264 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29266 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29267 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29268 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29269 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29270 beginning with \"std\").
29272 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29273 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29274 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29279 `--' puts a single comment.
29280 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29281 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29282 with a comment in between.
29283 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29284 out following lines.
29285 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29286 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29288 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29289 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29290 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29291 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29292 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29295 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29296 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29297 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29298 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29299 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29300 multi-line comments.
29304 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29305 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29306 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29307 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29309 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29310 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29311 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29312 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29314 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29315 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29318 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29319 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29323 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29324 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29325 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29326 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29327 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29328 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29329 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29330 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29332 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29333 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29334 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29335 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29336 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29339 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29340 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29341 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29343 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29344 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29348 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29349 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29350 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29351 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29352 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29353 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29356 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29357 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29358 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29359 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29362 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29366 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29367 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29368 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29369 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29370 internal signal initializations (menu).
29372 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29373 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29374 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29376 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29377 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29378 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29379 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29380 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29381 in subsequent paste operations.)
29383 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29384 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29385 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29388 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29389 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29390 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29391 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29392 association list with formals).
29395 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29396 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29397 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29398 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29399 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29400 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29401 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29402 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29407 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29411 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29415 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29416 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29417 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29419 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29420 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29423 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29424 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29425 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29426 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29428 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29429 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29430 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29432 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29433 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29434 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29435 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29437 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29438 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29439 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29440 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29441 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29443 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29444 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29445 required by secondary units.
29448 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29449 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29450 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29451 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29452 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29453 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29454 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29455 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29456 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29457 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29458 inputs to this component -> input port created
29459 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29460 outputs from this component -> output port created
29461 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29462 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29464 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29465 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29466 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29467 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29468 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29470 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29471 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29473 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29474 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29475 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29476 component instantiation is also supported (option
29477 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29479 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29480 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29481 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29482 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29483 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29484 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29485 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29486 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29487 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29488 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29489 | generating the configuration.
29491 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29492 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29493 | configurations in speedbar.
29495 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29498 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29499 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29500 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29501 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29502 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29503 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29504 information. New compilers can be added.
29506 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29507 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29510 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29511 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29512 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29513 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29514 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29516 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29519 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29520 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29521 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29523 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29524 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29525 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29526 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29527 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29528 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29529 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29532 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29533 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29534 not (yet) supported.
29535 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29536 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29537 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29541 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29542 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29543 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29544 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29545 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29546 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29547 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29548 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29550 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29551 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29552 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29553 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29554 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29555 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29556 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29557 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29558 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29559 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29560 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29564 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29565 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29566 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29567 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29568 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29569 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29570 current directory for VHDL source files.
29574 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29575 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29579 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29580 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29581 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29582 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29583 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29584 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29585 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29586 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29589 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29590 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29591 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29592 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29593 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29594 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29595 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29597 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29598 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29599 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29600 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29601 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29602 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29604 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29605 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29606 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29607 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29608 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29611 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29612 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29613 highlighted if written in lower case.
29615 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29616 highlighted using a different background color if option
29617 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29619 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29620 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29621 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29622 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29623 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29627 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29628 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29629 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29633 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29634 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29635 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29636 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29637 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29641 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29642 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29644 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29645 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29646 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29647 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29648 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29649 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29650 (used to obtain the port names).
29654 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29655 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29659 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29660 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29661 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29662 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29663 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29664 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29665 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29670 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29671 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29672 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29673 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29674 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29676 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29677 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29678 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29679 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29680 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29683 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29684 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29688 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29689 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29690 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29692 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29696 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29697 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29699 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29701 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29703 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29707 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29713 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29714 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29716 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29718 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29719 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29720 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29721 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29723 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29724 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29725 where the latest version can be found.
29731 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29732 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29733 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29736 The VHDL Mode Authors
29737 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29748 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17097 33503))
29749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29751 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29752 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29753 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29754 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29756 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29757 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29758 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29759 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29760 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29762 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29763 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29765 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29767 * Limitations and unsupported features
29768 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29770 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29771 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29774 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29775 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29776 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29777 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29778 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29779 for undoing a repeated change command.
29780 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29781 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29782 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29785 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29786 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29787 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29788 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29789 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29790 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29791 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29792 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29794 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29800 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29801 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29802 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29803 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17097 33527))
29804 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29806 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29807 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29809 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29811 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29812 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29813 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29814 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29816 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29818 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29819 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29823 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29824 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29825 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29826 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29830 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29831 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29835 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29838 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29840 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29843 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29847 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29848 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29849 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17383
29851 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29853 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29854 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29855 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29856 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29858 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29860 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29861 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29862 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29863 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29864 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29865 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29866 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29868 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29872 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29873 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29874 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29875 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29876 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29877 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29878 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29879 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29881 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29885 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29886 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29887 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29888 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29889 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29890 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29891 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29892 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29894 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29898 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29899 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29900 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29901 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29902 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29903 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29904 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29906 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29908 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29909 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29910 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29912 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29914 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29915 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29916 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29917 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29918 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29919 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29920 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29921 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29923 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29925 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29926 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29927 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29929 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29931 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29932 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29933 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29934 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29935 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29936 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29937 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29938 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29940 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29942 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29943 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29944 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29946 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29948 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29949 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29950 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29952 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29953 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29954 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29957 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29958 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29959 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29960 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29961 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29963 H, h, ? This message.
29964 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29965 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29966 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29967 > move to the end of buffer.
29968 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29969 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29970 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29971 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29972 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29973 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29974 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29975 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29976 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29977 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29978 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29979 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29980 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29981 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29982 Use this to view a changing file.
29983 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29984 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29985 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29987 x exchanges point and mark.
29988 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29989 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29990 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29991 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29992 ' go to position saved in character register.
29993 s do forward incremental search.
29994 r do reverse incremental search.
29995 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29996 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29997 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29998 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29999 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30000 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30001 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30002 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30003 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30004 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30005 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30006 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30007 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30008 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30009 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30010 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30011 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30013 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30014 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30015 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30016 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30017 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30018 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30019 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30020 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30021 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30023 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30027 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30028 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30029 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30030 `view-return-to-alist'.
30031 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30032 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30033 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30035 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30036 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30037 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30038 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30039 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30041 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30042 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30043 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30044 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30046 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30048 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30050 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30052 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30053 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30059 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17383
30061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30063 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30064 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30068 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30069 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30075 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30076 ;;;;;; (17578 34775))
30077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30079 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30080 Toggle Viper on/off.
30081 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30085 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30086 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30092 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30093 ;;;;;; (17498 30594))
30094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30096 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30097 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30098 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30099 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30100 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30101 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30102 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30103 the beginning of the warning.")
30105 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30106 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30107 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30108 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30109 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30110 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30111 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30112 also call that function before the next warning.")
30114 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30115 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30117 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30118 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30119 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30120 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30122 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30123 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30124 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30125 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30126 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30127 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30129 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30130 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30131 Default is :warning.
30133 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30134 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30135 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30136 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30137 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30138 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30140 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30141 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30143 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30145 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30146 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30148 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30150 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30151 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30152 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30153 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30155 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30156 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30157 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30158 can be whatever you like.)
30160 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30161 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30163 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30164 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30165 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30166 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30167 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30169 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30171 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30172 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30173 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30174 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30175 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30177 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30181 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30182 ;;;;;; (17420 36080))
30183 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30185 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30186 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30187 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30188 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30189 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30198 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17383 32178))
30199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30201 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30202 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30204 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30207 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30214 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30215 ;;;;;; (17397 61573))
30216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30217 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30218 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30220 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30222 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30223 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30224 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30226 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30228 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
30230 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30231 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30232 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30233 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30235 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30242 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30243 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30244 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30245 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30246 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30247 ;;;;;; (17578 34774))
30248 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30250 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30251 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30255 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30256 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30260 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30261 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30265 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30266 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30270 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30271 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30275 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30276 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30278 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30279 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30280 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30281 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30282 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30284 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30286 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30287 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30289 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30291 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30292 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30296 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30297 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30298 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30302 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30303 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30307 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30309 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30310 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30311 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30313 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30315 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
30317 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30318 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30319 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30321 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30322 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30326 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30327 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30328 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30334 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30335 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17383 32127))
30336 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30338 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30339 Browse the widget under point.
30343 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30344 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30346 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30348 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30349 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30351 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30353 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30354 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30355 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30361 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30362 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17397
30364 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30366 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30367 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30369 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30371 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30372 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30373 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30375 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30377 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30378 Create widget of TYPE.
30379 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30381 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30383 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30386 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30388 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30389 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30391 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30393 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30395 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30396 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30397 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30399 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30400 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30406 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30407 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17383
30409 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30411 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30412 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30413 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30414 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30415 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30416 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30417 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30421 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30422 Select the window above the current one.
30423 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30424 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30425 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30426 negative ARG) of the current window.
30427 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30431 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30432 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30433 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30434 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30435 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30436 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30437 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30441 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30442 Select the window below the current one.
30443 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30444 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30445 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30446 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30447 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30451 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30452 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30453 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30454 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30456 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30460 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30461 ;;;;;; (17383 32128))
30462 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30464 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30465 Toggle Winner mode.
30466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30467 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30469 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30471 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30472 Toggle Winner mode.
30473 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30479 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30480 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17466 42708))
30481 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30483 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30484 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30485 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30486 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30487 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30488 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30489 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30490 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30492 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30493 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30495 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30497 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30498 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30502 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30503 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30504 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30505 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30506 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30507 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30508 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30509 `woman' command for further details.
30511 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30515 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30516 ;;;;;; (17383 32145))
30517 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30519 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30520 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30523 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30524 are not implemented
30525 - Options for search and replace
30526 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30527 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30529 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30532 The key bindings are:
30542 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30544 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30545 C-l ws-repeat-search
30548 C-r scroll-down-line
30555 C-y kill-complete-line
30558 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30559 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30560 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30561 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30562 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30563 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30564 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30565 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30566 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30567 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30568 C-k b ws-begin-block
30569 C-k c ws-copy-block
30570 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30572 C-k h ws-show-markers
30573 C-k i ws-indent-block
30575 C-k p ws-print-block
30578 C-k s save-some-buffers
30580 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30581 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30582 C-k v ws-move-block
30583 C-k w ws-write-block
30585 C-k y ws-delete-block
30587 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30588 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30589 C-o j justify-current-line
30592 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30593 C-o r set-fill-column
30594 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30595 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30596 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30597 C-o wo other-window
30598 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30600 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30601 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30602 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30603 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30604 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30605 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30606 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30607 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30608 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30609 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30610 C-q a ws-query-replace
30611 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30612 C-q c end-of-buffer
30615 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30617 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30618 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30619 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30620 C-q w ws-last-error
30622 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30628 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30629 ;;;;;; (17383 32129))
30630 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30632 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30633 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30634 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30635 Returns the top node with all its children.
30636 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30637 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30639 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30641 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30642 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30643 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30644 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30645 is not well-formed XML.
30646 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30647 and returned as the first element of the list.
30648 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30650 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30654 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17383
30656 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30658 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30659 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30660 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30662 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30664 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30666 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30667 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30668 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30670 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30671 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30672 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30673 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30674 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30675 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30681 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30682 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 32167))
30683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30685 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30686 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30690 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30691 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30697 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30698 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17383 32183))
30699 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30701 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30702 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30704 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30706 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30707 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30709 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30711 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30712 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30713 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30715 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30717 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30718 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30724 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 32183))
30725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30727 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30728 Zone out, completely.
30734 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30735 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17383 32178))
30736 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30738 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30739 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30743 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30744 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30746 Zone-mode does two things:
30748 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30749 when saving the file
30757 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17590 36747 258974))
30905 ;; Local Variables:
30906 ;; version-control: never
30907 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30908 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30910 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here